1 /* 2 * Copyright (C) 2009 The Android Open Source Project 3 * 4 * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); 5 * you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. 6 * You may obtain a copy of the License at 7 * 8 * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 9 * 10 * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software 11 * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, 12 * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. 13 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and 14 * limitations under the License 15 */ 16 17 package android.provider; 18 19 import android.accounts.Account; 20 import android.annotation.SdkConstant; 21 import android.annotation.SdkConstant.SdkConstantType; 22 import android.annotation.SystemApi; 23 import android.app.Activity; 24 import android.content.BroadcastReceiver; 25 import android.content.ComponentName; 26 import android.content.ContentProviderClient; 27 import android.content.ContentProviderOperation; 28 import android.content.ContentResolver; 29 import android.content.ContentUris; 30 import android.content.ContentValues; 31 import android.content.Context; 32 import android.content.ContextWrapper; 33 import android.content.CursorEntityIterator; 34 import android.content.Entity; 35 import android.content.EntityIterator; 36 import android.content.Intent; 37 import android.content.IntentFilter; 38 import android.content.res.AssetFileDescriptor; 39 import android.content.res.Resources; 40 import android.database.Cursor; 41 import android.database.CursorWrapper; 42 import android.database.DatabaseUtils; 43 import android.graphics.Rect; 44 import android.net.Uri; 45 import android.os.RemoteException; 46 import android.telecom.PhoneAccountHandle; 47 import android.text.TextUtils; 48 import android.util.DisplayMetrics; 49 import android.util.Pair; 50 import android.view.View; 51 52 import java.io.ByteArrayInputStream; 53 import java.io.IOException; 54 import java.io.InputStream; 55 import java.util.ArrayList; 56 57 /** 58 * <p> 59 * The contract between the contacts provider and applications. Contains 60 * definitions for the supported URIs and columns. These APIs supersede 61 * {@link Contacts}. 62 * </p> 63 * <h3>Overview</h3> 64 * <p> 65 * ContactsContract defines an extensible database of contact-related 66 * information. Contact information is stored in a three-tier data model: 67 * </p> 68 * <ul> 69 * <li> 70 * A row in the {@link Data} table can store any kind of personal data, such 71 * as a phone number or email addresses. The set of data kinds that can be 72 * stored in this table is open-ended. There is a predefined set of common 73 * kinds, but any application can add its own data kinds. 74 * </li> 75 * <li> 76 * A row in the {@link RawContacts} table represents a set of data describing a 77 * person and associated with a single account (for example, one of the user's 78 * Gmail accounts). 79 * </li> 80 * <li> 81 * A row in the {@link Contacts} table represents an aggregate of one or more 82 * RawContacts presumably describing the same person. When data in or associated with 83 * the RawContacts table is changed, the affected aggregate contacts are updated as 84 * necessary. 85 * </li> 86 * </ul> 87 * <p> 88 * Other tables include: 89 * </p> 90 * <ul> 91 * <li> 92 * {@link Groups}, which contains information about raw contact groups 93 * such as Gmail contact groups. The 94 * current API does not support the notion of groups spanning multiple accounts. 95 * </li> 96 * <li> 97 * {@link StatusUpdates}, which contains social status updates including IM 98 * availability. 99 * </li> 100 * <li> 101 * {@link AggregationExceptions}, which is used for manual aggregation and 102 * disaggregation of raw contacts 103 * </li> 104 * <li> 105 * {@link Settings}, which contains visibility and sync settings for accounts 106 * and groups. 107 * </li> 108 * <li> 109 * {@link SyncState}, which contains free-form data maintained on behalf of sync 110 * adapters 111 * </li> 112 * <li> 113 * {@link PhoneLookup}, which is used for quick caller-ID lookup</li> 114 * </ul> 115 */ 116 @SuppressWarnings("unused") 117 public final class ContactsContract { 118 /** The authority for the contacts provider */ 119 public static final String AUTHORITY = "com.android.contacts"; 120 /** A content:// style uri to the authority for the contacts provider */ 121 public static final Uri AUTHORITY_URI = Uri.parse("content://" + AUTHORITY); 122 123 /** 124 * Prefix for column names that are not visible to client apps. 125 * @hide 126 */ 127 public static final String HIDDEN_COLUMN_PREFIX = "x_"; 128 129 /** 130 * An optional URI parameter for insert, update, or delete queries 131 * that allows the caller 132 * to specify that it is a sync adapter. The default value is false. If true 133 * {@link RawContacts#DIRTY} is not automatically set and the 134 * "syncToNetwork" parameter is set to false when calling 135 * {@link 136 * ContentResolver#notifyChange(android.net.Uri, android.database.ContentObserver, boolean)}. 137 * This prevents an unnecessary extra synchronization, see the discussion of 138 * the delete operation in {@link RawContacts}. 139 */ 140 public static final String CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER = "caller_is_syncadapter"; 141 142 /** 143 * Query parameter that should be used by the client to access a specific 144 * {@link Directory}. The parameter value should be the _ID of the corresponding 145 * directory, e.g. 146 * {@code content://com.android.contacts/data/emails/filter/acme?directory=3} 147 */ 148 public static final String DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY = "directory"; 149 150 /** 151 * A query parameter that limits the number of results returned for supported URIs. The 152 * parameter value should be an integer. 153 * 154 * <p>This parameter is not supported by all URIs. Supported URIs include, but not limited to, 155 * {@link Contacts#CONTENT_URI}, 156 * {@link RawContacts#CONTENT_URI}, 157 * {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}, 158 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_URI}, 159 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Callable#CONTENT_URI}, 160 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_URI}, 161 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Contactables#CONTENT_URI}, 162 * 163 * <p>In order to limit the number of rows returned by a non-supported URI, you can implement a 164 * {@link CursorWrapper} and override the {@link CursorWrapper#getCount()} methods. 165 */ 166 public static final String LIMIT_PARAM_KEY = "limit"; 167 168 /** 169 * A query parameter specifing a primary account. This parameter should be used with 170 * {@link #PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_TYPE}. The contacts provider handling a query may rely on 171 * this information to optimize its query results. 172 * 173 * For example, in an email composition screen, its implementation can specify an account when 174 * obtaining possible recipients, letting the provider know which account is selected during 175 * the composition. The provider may use the "primary account" information to optimize 176 * the search result. 177 */ 178 public static final String PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_NAME = "name_for_primary_account"; 179 180 /** 181 * A query parameter specifing a primary account. This parameter should be used with 182 * {@link #PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_NAME}. See the doc in {@link #PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_NAME}. 183 */ 184 public static final String PRIMARY_ACCOUNT_TYPE = "type_for_primary_account"; 185 186 /** 187 * A boolean parameter for {@link Contacts#CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI} and 188 * {@link Contacts#CONTENT_STREQUENT_FILTER_URI}, which requires the ContactsProvider to 189 * return only phone-related results. For example, frequently contacted person list should 190 * include persons contacted via phone (not email, sms, etc.) 191 */ 192 public static final String STREQUENT_PHONE_ONLY = "strequent_phone_only"; 193 194 /** 195 * A key to a boolean in the "extras" bundle of the cursor. 196 * The boolean indicates that the provider did not create a snippet and that the client asking 197 * for the snippet should do it (true means the snippeting was deferred to the client). 198 * 199 * @see SearchSnippets 200 */ 201 public static final String DEFERRED_SNIPPETING = "deferred_snippeting"; 202 203 /** 204 * Key to retrieve the original deferred snippeting from the cursor on the client side. 205 * 206 * @see SearchSnippets 207 * @see #DEFERRED_SNIPPETING 208 */ 209 public static final String DEFERRED_SNIPPETING_QUERY = "deferred_snippeting_query"; 210 211 /** 212 * A boolean parameter for {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_URI Phone.CONTENT_URI}, 213 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_URI Email.CONTENT_URI}, and 214 * {@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredPostal#CONTENT_URI StructuredPostal.CONTENT_URI}. 215 * This enables a content provider to remove duplicate entries in results. 216 */ 217 public static final String REMOVE_DUPLICATE_ENTRIES = "remove_duplicate_entries"; 218 219 /** 220 * <p> 221 * API for obtaining a pre-authorized version of a URI that normally requires special 222 * permission (beyond READ_CONTACTS) to read. The caller obtaining the pre-authorized URI 223 * must already have the necessary permissions to access the URI; otherwise a 224 * {@link SecurityException} will be thrown. Unlike {@link Context#grantUriPermission}, 225 * this can be used to grant permissions that aren't explicitly required for the URI inside 226 * AndroidManifest.xml. For example, permissions that are only required when reading URIs 227 * that refer to the user's profile. 228 * </p> 229 * <p> 230 * The authorized URI returned in the bundle contains an expiring token that allows the 231 * caller to execute the query without having the special permissions that would normally 232 * be required. The token expires in five minutes. 233 * </p> 234 * <p> 235 * This API does not access disk, and should be safe to invoke from the UI thread. 236 * </p> 237 * <p> 238 * Example usage: 239 * <pre> 240 * Uri profileUri = ContactsContract.Profile.CONTENT_VCARD_URI; 241 * Bundle uriBundle = new Bundle(); 242 * uriBundle.putParcelable(ContactsContract.Authorization.KEY_URI_TO_AUTHORIZE, uri); 243 * Bundle authResponse = getContext().getContentResolver().call( 244 * ContactsContract.AUTHORITY_URI, 245 * ContactsContract.Authorization.AUTHORIZATION_METHOD, 246 * null, // String arg, not used. 247 * uriBundle); 248 * if (authResponse != null) { 249 * Uri preauthorizedProfileUri = (Uri) authResponse.getParcelable( 250 * ContactsContract.Authorization.KEY_AUTHORIZED_URI); 251 * // This pre-authorized URI can be queried by a caller without READ_PROFILE 252 * // permission. 253 * } 254 * </pre> 255 * </p> 256 * 257 * @hide 258 */ 259 public static final class Authorization { 260 /** 261 * The method to invoke to create a pre-authorized URI out of the input argument. 262 */ 263 public static final String AUTHORIZATION_METHOD = "authorize"; 264 265 /** 266 * The key to set in the outbound Bundle with the URI that should be authorized. 267 */ 268 public static final String KEY_URI_TO_AUTHORIZE = "uri_to_authorize"; 269 270 /** 271 * The key to retrieve from the returned Bundle to obtain the pre-authorized URI. 272 */ 273 public static final String KEY_AUTHORIZED_URI = "authorized_uri"; 274 } 275 276 /** 277 * A Directory represents a contacts corpus, e.g. Local contacts, 278 * Google Apps Global Address List or Corporate Global Address List. 279 * <p> 280 * A Directory is implemented as a content provider with its unique authority and 281 * the same API as the main Contacts Provider. However, there is no expectation that 282 * every directory provider will implement this Contract in its entirety. If a 283 * directory provider does not have an implementation for a specific request, it 284 * should throw an UnsupportedOperationException. 285 * </p> 286 * <p> 287 * The most important use case for Directories is search. A Directory provider is 288 * expected to support at least {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI 289 * Contacts.CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. If a Directory provider wants to participate 290 * in email and phone lookup functionalities, it should also implement 291 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_FILTER_URI CommonDataKinds.Email.CONTENT_FILTER_URI} 292 * and 293 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_FILTER_URI CommonDataKinds.Phone.CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 294 * </p> 295 * <p> 296 * A directory provider should return NULL for every projection field it does not 297 * recognize, rather than throwing an exception. This way it will not be broken 298 * if ContactsContract is extended with new fields in the future. 299 * </p> 300 * <p> 301 * The client interacts with a directory via Contacts Provider by supplying an 302 * optional {@code directory=} query parameter. 303 * <p> 304 * <p> 305 * When the Contacts Provider receives the request, it transforms the URI and forwards 306 * the request to the corresponding directory content provider. 307 * The URI is transformed in the following fashion: 308 * <ul> 309 * <li>The URI authority is replaced with the corresponding {@link #DIRECTORY_AUTHORITY}.</li> 310 * <li>The {@code accountName=} and {@code accountType=} parameters are added or 311 * replaced using the corresponding {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} values.</li> 312 * </ul> 313 * </p> 314 * <p> 315 * Clients should send directory requests to Contacts Provider and let it 316 * forward them to the respective providers rather than constructing 317 * directory provider URIs by themselves. This level of indirection allows 318 * Contacts Provider to implement additional system-level features and 319 * optimizations. Access to Contacts Provider is protected by the 320 * READ_CONTACTS permission, but access to the directory provider is protected by 321 * BIND_DIRECTORY_SEARCH. This permission was introduced at the API level 17, for previous 322 * platform versions the provider should perform the following check to make sure the call 323 * is coming from the ContactsProvider: 324 * <pre> 325 * private boolean isCallerAllowed() { 326 * PackageManager pm = getContext().getPackageManager(); 327 * for (String packageName: pm.getPackagesForUid(Binder.getCallingUid())) { 328 * if (packageName.equals("com.android.providers.contacts")) { 329 * return true; 330 * } 331 * } 332 * return false; 333 * } 334 * </pre> 335 * </p> 336 * <p> 337 * The Directory table is read-only and is maintained by the Contacts Provider 338 * automatically. 339 * </p> 340 * <p>It always has at least these two rows: 341 * <ul> 342 * <li> 343 * The local directory. It has {@link Directory#_ID Directory._ID} = 344 * {@link Directory#DEFAULT Directory.DEFAULT}. This directory can be used to access locally 345 * stored contacts. The same can be achieved by omitting the {@code directory=} 346 * parameter altogether. 347 * </li> 348 * <li> 349 * The local invisible contacts. The corresponding directory ID is 350 * {@link Directory#LOCAL_INVISIBLE Directory.LOCAL_INVISIBLE}. 351 * </li> 352 * </ul> 353 * </p> 354 * <p>Custom Directories are discovered by the Contacts Provider following this procedure: 355 * <ul> 356 * <li>It finds all installed content providers with meta data identifying them 357 * as directory providers in AndroidManifest.xml: 358 * <code> 359 * <meta-data android:name="android.content.ContactDirectory" 360 * android:value="true" /> 361 * </code> 362 * <p> 363 * This tag should be placed inside the corresponding content provider declaration. 364 * </p> 365 * </li> 366 * <li> 367 * Then Contacts Provider sends a {@link Directory#CONTENT_URI Directory.CONTENT_URI} 368 * query to each of the directory authorities. A directory provider must implement 369 * this query and return a list of directories. Each directory returned by 370 * the provider must have a unique combination for the {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} and 371 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} columns (nulls are allowed). Since directory IDs are assigned 372 * automatically, the _ID field will not be part of the query projection. 373 * </li> 374 * <li>Contacts Provider compiles directory lists received from all directory 375 * providers into one, assigns each individual directory a globally unique ID and 376 * stores all directory records in the Directory table. 377 * </li> 378 * </ul> 379 * </p> 380 * <p>Contacts Provider automatically interrogates newly installed or replaced packages. 381 * Thus simply installing a package containing a directory provider is sufficient 382 * to have that provider registered. A package supplying a directory provider does 383 * not have to contain launchable activities. 384 * </p> 385 * <p> 386 * Every row in the Directory table is automatically associated with the corresponding package 387 * (apk). If the package is later uninstalled, all corresponding directory rows 388 * are automatically removed from the Contacts Provider. 389 * </p> 390 * <p> 391 * When the list of directories handled by a directory provider changes 392 * (for instance when the user adds a new Directory account), the directory provider 393 * should call {@link #notifyDirectoryChange} to notify the Contacts Provider of the change. 394 * In response, the Contacts Provider will requery the directory provider to obtain the 395 * new list of directories. 396 * </p> 397 * <p> 398 * A directory row can be optionally associated with an existing account 399 * (see {@link android.accounts.AccountManager}). If the account is later removed, 400 * the corresponding directory rows are automatically removed from the Contacts Provider. 401 * </p> 402 */ 403 public static final class Directory implements BaseColumns { 404 405 /** 406 * Not instantiable. 407 */ 408 private Directory() { 409 } 410 411 /** 412 * The content:// style URI for this table. Requests to this URI can be 413 * performed on the UI thread because they are always unblocking. 414 */ 415 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 416 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "directories"); 417 418 /** 419 * URI used for getting all directories from primary and managed profile. 420 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_URI} and returns the same columns. 421 * If the device has no managed profile that is linked to the current profile, it behaves 422 * in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_URI}. 423 * If there is a managed profile linked to the current profile, it will merge 424 * managed profile and current profile's results and return. 425 * 426 * Note: this query returns primary profile results before managed profile results, 427 * and this order is not affected by sorting parameter. 428 * 429 */ 430 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 431 "directories_enterprise"); 432 433 /** 434 * Access file provided by remote directory. It allows both personal and work remote 435 * directory, but not local and invisible diretory. 436 * 437 * It's supported only by a few specific places for referring to contact pictures in the 438 * remote directory. Contact picture URIs, e.g. 439 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, may contain this kind of URI. 440 * 441 * @hide 442 */ 443 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_FILE_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 444 "directory_file_enterprise"); 445 446 447 /** 448 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 449 * contact directories. 450 */ 451 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = 452 "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact_directories"; 453 454 /** 455 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} item. 456 */ 457 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 458 "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_directory"; 459 460 /** 461 * _ID of the default directory, which represents locally stored contacts. 462 * <b>This is only supported by {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_URI} and 463 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 464 * Other URLs do not support the concept of "visible" or "invisible" contacts. 465 */ 466 public static final long DEFAULT = 0; 467 468 /** 469 * _ID of the directory that represents locally stored invisible contacts. 470 */ 471 public static final long LOCAL_INVISIBLE = 1; 472 473 /** 474 * _ID of the work profile default directory, which represents locally stored contacts. 475 */ 476 public static final long ENTERPRISE_DEFAULT = Directory.ENTERPRISE_DIRECTORY_ID_BASE 477 + DEFAULT; 478 479 /** 480 * _ID of the work profile directory that represents locally stored invisible contacts. 481 */ 482 public static final long ENTERPRISE_LOCAL_INVISIBLE = Directory.ENTERPRISE_DIRECTORY_ID_BASE 483 + LOCAL_INVISIBLE; 484 485 /** 486 * The name of the package that owns this directory. Contacts Provider 487 * fill it in with the name of the package containing the directory provider. 488 * If the package is later uninstalled, the directories it owns are 489 * automatically removed from this table. 490 * 491 * <p>TYPE: TEXT</p> 492 */ 493 public static final String PACKAGE_NAME = "packageName"; 494 495 /** 496 * The type of directory captured as a resource ID in the context of the 497 * package {@link #PACKAGE_NAME}, e.g. "Corporate Directory" 498 * 499 * <p>TYPE: INTEGER</p> 500 */ 501 public static final String TYPE_RESOURCE_ID = "typeResourceId"; 502 503 /** 504 * An optional name that can be used in the UI to represent this directory, 505 * e.g. "Acme Corp" 506 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 507 */ 508 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = "displayName"; 509 510 /** 511 * <p> 512 * The authority of the Directory Provider. Contacts Provider will 513 * use this authority to forward requests to the directory provider. 514 * A directory provider can leave this column empty - Contacts Provider will fill it in. 515 * </p> 516 * <p> 517 * Clients of this API should not send requests directly to this authority. 518 * All directory requests must be routed through Contacts Provider. 519 * </p> 520 * 521 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 522 */ 523 public static final String DIRECTORY_AUTHORITY = "authority"; 524 525 /** 526 * The account type which this directory is associated. 527 * 528 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 529 */ 530 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "accountType"; 531 532 /** 533 * The account with which this directory is associated. If the account is later 534 * removed, the directories it owns are automatically removed from this table. 535 * 536 * <p>TYPE: text</p> 537 */ 538 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "accountName"; 539 540 /** 541 * Mimimal ID for corp directory returned from 542 * {@link Directory#CORP_CONTENT_URI}. 543 * 544 * @hide 545 */ 546 // slightly smaller than 2 ** 30 547 public static final long ENTERPRISE_DIRECTORY_ID_BASE = 1000000000; 548 549 /** 550 * One of {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT_NONE}, {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT_ANY_ACCOUNT}, 551 * {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT_SAME_ACCOUNT_ONLY}. This is the expectation the 552 * directory has for data exported from it. Clients must obey this setting. 553 */ 554 public static final String EXPORT_SUPPORT = "exportSupport"; 555 556 /** 557 * An {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 558 * does not allow any data to be copied out of it. 559 */ 560 public static final int EXPORT_SUPPORT_NONE = 0; 561 562 /** 563 * An {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 564 * allow its data copied only to the account specified by 565 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}/{@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}. 566 */ 567 public static final int EXPORT_SUPPORT_SAME_ACCOUNT_ONLY = 1; 568 569 /** 570 * An {@link #EXPORT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 571 * allow its data copied to any contacts account. 572 */ 573 public static final int EXPORT_SUPPORT_ANY_ACCOUNT = 2; 574 575 /** 576 * One of {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_NONE}, {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_DATA_ITEMS_ONLY}, 577 * {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_FULL}. This is the expectation the directory 578 * has for shortcuts created for its elements. Clients must obey this setting. 579 */ 580 public static final String SHORTCUT_SUPPORT = "shortcutSupport"; 581 582 /** 583 * An {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 584 * does not allow any shortcuts created for its contacts. 585 */ 586 public static final int SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_NONE = 0; 587 588 /** 589 * An {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 590 * allow creation of shortcuts for data items like email, phone or postal address, 591 * but not the entire contact. 592 */ 593 public static final int SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_DATA_ITEMS_ONLY = 1; 594 595 /** 596 * An {@link #SHORTCUT_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 597 * allow creation of shortcuts for contact as well as their constituent elements. 598 */ 599 public static final int SHORTCUT_SUPPORT_FULL = 2; 600 601 /** 602 * One of {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT_NONE}, {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT_THUMBNAIL_ONLY}, 603 * {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT_FULL}. This is a feature flag indicating the extent 604 * to which the directory supports contact photos. 605 */ 606 public static final String PHOTO_SUPPORT = "photoSupport"; 607 608 /** 609 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 610 * does not provide any photos. 611 */ 612 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_NONE = 0; 613 614 /** 615 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 616 * can only produce small size thumbnails of contact photos. 617 */ 618 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_THUMBNAIL_ONLY = 1; 619 620 /** 621 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 622 * has full-size contact photos, but cannot provide scaled thumbnails. 623 */ 624 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_FULL_SIZE_ONLY = 2; 625 626 /** 627 * An {@link #PHOTO_SUPPORT} setting that indicates that the directory 628 * can produce thumbnails as well as full-size contact photos. 629 */ 630 public static final int PHOTO_SUPPORT_FULL = 3; 631 632 /** 633 * Return TRUE if it is a remote stored directory. 634 */ 635 public static boolean isRemoteDirectoryId(long directoryId) { 636 return directoryId != Directory.DEFAULT 637 && directoryId != Directory.LOCAL_INVISIBLE 638 && directoryId != Directory.ENTERPRISE_DEFAULT 639 && directoryId != Directory.ENTERPRISE_LOCAL_INVISIBLE; 640 } 641 642 /** 643 * Return TRUE if it is a remote stored directory. TODO: Remove this method once all 644 * internal apps are not using this API. 645 * 646 * @hide 647 */ 648 public static boolean isRemoteDirectory(long directoryId) { 649 return isRemoteDirectoryId(directoryId); 650 } 651 652 /** 653 * Return TRUE if a directory ID is from the contacts provider on the enterprise profile. 654 * 655 */ 656 public static boolean isEnterpriseDirectoryId(long directoryId) { 657 return directoryId >= ENTERPRISE_DIRECTORY_ID_BASE; 658 } 659 660 /** 661 * Notifies the system of a change in the list of directories handled by 662 * a particular directory provider. The Contacts provider will turn around 663 * and send a query to the directory provider for the full list of directories, 664 * which will replace the previous list. 665 */ 666 public static void notifyDirectoryChange(ContentResolver resolver) { 667 // This is done to trigger a query by Contacts Provider back to the directory provider. 668 // No data needs to be sent back, because the provider can infer the calling 669 // package from binder. 670 ContentValues contentValues = new ContentValues(); 671 resolver.update(Directory.CONTENT_URI, contentValues, null, null); 672 } 673 674 /** 675 * A query parameter that's passed to directory providers which indicates the client 676 * package name that has made the query requests. 677 */ 678 public static final String CALLER_PACKAGE_PARAM_KEY = "callerPackage"; 679 } 680 681 /** 682 * @hide should be removed when users are updated to refer to SyncState 683 * @deprecated use SyncState instead 684 */ 685 @Deprecated 686 public interface SyncStateColumns extends SyncStateContract.Columns { 687 } 688 689 /** 690 * A table provided for sync adapters to use for storing private sync state data for contacts. 691 * 692 * @see SyncStateContract 693 */ 694 public static final class SyncState implements SyncStateContract.Columns { 695 /** 696 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 697 */ 698 private SyncState() {} 699 700 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = 701 SyncStateContract.Constants.CONTENT_DIRECTORY; 702 703 /** 704 * The content:// style URI for this table 705 */ 706 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 707 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 708 709 /** 710 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 711 */ 712 public static byte[] get(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 713 throws RemoteException { 714 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.get(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 715 } 716 717 /** 718 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 719 */ 720 public static Pair<Uri, byte[]> getWithUri(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 721 throws RemoteException { 722 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.getWithUri(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 723 } 724 725 /** 726 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#set 727 */ 728 public static void set(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account, byte[] data) 729 throws RemoteException { 730 SyncStateContract.Helpers.set(provider, CONTENT_URI, account, data); 731 } 732 733 /** 734 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#newSetOperation 735 */ 736 public static ContentProviderOperation newSetOperation(Account account, byte[] data) { 737 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.newSetOperation(CONTENT_URI, account, data); 738 } 739 } 740 741 742 /** 743 * A table provided for sync adapters to use for storing private sync state data for the 744 * user's personal profile. 745 * 746 * @see SyncStateContract 747 */ 748 public static final class ProfileSyncState implements SyncStateContract.Columns { 749 /** 750 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 751 */ 752 private ProfileSyncState() {} 753 754 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = 755 SyncStateContract.Constants.CONTENT_DIRECTORY; 756 757 /** 758 * The content:// style URI for this table 759 */ 760 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 761 Uri.withAppendedPath(Profile.CONTENT_URI, CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 762 763 /** 764 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 765 */ 766 public static byte[] get(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 767 throws RemoteException { 768 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.get(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 769 } 770 771 /** 772 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#get 773 */ 774 public static Pair<Uri, byte[]> getWithUri(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account) 775 throws RemoteException { 776 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.getWithUri(provider, CONTENT_URI, account); 777 } 778 779 /** 780 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#set 781 */ 782 public static void set(ContentProviderClient provider, Account account, byte[] data) 783 throws RemoteException { 784 SyncStateContract.Helpers.set(provider, CONTENT_URI, account, data); 785 } 786 787 /** 788 * @see android.provider.SyncStateContract.Helpers#newSetOperation 789 */ 790 public static ContentProviderOperation newSetOperation(Account account, byte[] data) { 791 return SyncStateContract.Helpers.newSetOperation(CONTENT_URI, account, data); 792 } 793 } 794 795 /** 796 * Generic columns for use by sync adapters. The specific functions of 797 * these columns are private to the sync adapter. Other clients of the API 798 * should not attempt to either read or write this column. 799 * 800 * @see RawContacts 801 * @see Groups 802 */ 803 protected interface BaseSyncColumns { 804 805 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 806 public static final String SYNC1 = "sync1"; 807 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 808 public static final String SYNC2 = "sync2"; 809 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 810 public static final String SYNC3 = "sync3"; 811 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 812 public static final String SYNC4 = "sync4"; 813 } 814 815 /** 816 * Columns that appear when each row of a table belongs to a specific 817 * account, including sync information that an account may need. 818 * 819 * @see RawContacts 820 * @see Groups 821 */ 822 protected interface SyncColumns extends BaseSyncColumns { 823 /** 824 * The name of the account instance to which this row belongs, which when paired with 825 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} identifies a specific account. 826 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 827 */ 828 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 829 830 /** 831 * The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 832 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account. 833 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 834 */ 835 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 836 837 /** 838 * String that uniquely identifies this row to its source account. 839 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 840 */ 841 public static final String SOURCE_ID = "sourceid"; 842 843 /** 844 * Version number that is updated whenever this row or its related data 845 * changes. 846 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 847 */ 848 public static final String VERSION = "version"; 849 850 /** 851 * Flag indicating that {@link #VERSION} has changed, and this row needs 852 * to be synchronized by its owning account. 853 * <P>Type: INTEGER (boolean)</P> 854 */ 855 public static final String DIRTY = "dirty"; 856 } 857 858 /** 859 * Columns of {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} that track the user's 860 * preferences for, or interactions with, the contact. 861 * 862 * @see Contacts 863 * @see RawContacts 864 * @see ContactsContract.Data 865 * @see PhoneLookup 866 * @see ContactsContract.Contacts.AggregationSuggestions 867 */ 868 protected interface ContactOptionsColumns { 869 /** 870 * The number of times a contact has been contacted 871 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 872 */ 873 public static final String TIMES_CONTACTED = "times_contacted"; 874 875 /** 876 * The last time a contact was contacted. 877 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 878 */ 879 public static final String LAST_TIME_CONTACTED = "last_time_contacted"; 880 881 /** @hide Raw value. */ 882 public static final String RAW_TIMES_CONTACTED = HIDDEN_COLUMN_PREFIX + TIMES_CONTACTED; 883 884 /** @hide Raw value. */ 885 public static final String RAW_LAST_TIME_CONTACTED = 886 HIDDEN_COLUMN_PREFIX + LAST_TIME_CONTACTED; 887 888 /** 889 * @hide 890 * Low res version. Same as {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED} but use it in CP2 for clarification. 891 */ 892 public static final String LR_TIMES_CONTACTED = TIMES_CONTACTED; 893 894 /** 895 * @hide 896 * Low res version. Same as {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED} but use it in CP2 for clarification. 897 */ 898 public static final String LR_LAST_TIME_CONTACTED = LAST_TIME_CONTACTED; 899 900 /** 901 * Is the contact starred? 902 * <P>Type: INTEGER (boolean)</P> 903 */ 904 public static final String STARRED = "starred"; 905 906 /** 907 * The position at which the contact is pinned. If {@link PinnedPositions#UNPINNED}, 908 * the contact is not pinned. Also see {@link PinnedPositions}. 909 * <P>Type: INTEGER </P> 910 */ 911 public static final String PINNED = "pinned"; 912 913 /** 914 * URI for a custom ringtone associated with the contact. If null or missing, 915 * the default ringtone is used. 916 * <P>Type: TEXT (URI to the ringtone)</P> 917 */ 918 public static final String CUSTOM_RINGTONE = "custom_ringtone"; 919 920 /** 921 * Whether the contact should always be sent to voicemail. If missing, 922 * defaults to false. 923 * <P>Type: INTEGER (0 for false, 1 for true)</P> 924 */ 925 public static final String SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL = "send_to_voicemail"; 926 } 927 928 /** 929 * Columns of {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} that refer to intrinsic 930 * properties of the contact, as opposed to the user-specified options 931 * found in {@link ContactOptionsColumns}. 932 * 933 * @see Contacts 934 * @see ContactsContract.Data 935 * @see PhoneLookup 936 * @see ContactsContract.Contacts.AggregationSuggestions 937 */ 938 protected interface ContactsColumns { 939 /** 940 * The display name for the contact. 941 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 942 */ 943 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = ContactNameColumns.DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY; 944 945 /** 946 * Reference to the row in the RawContacts table holding the contact name. 947 * <P>Type: INTEGER REFERENCES raw_contacts(_id)</P> 948 */ 949 public static final String NAME_RAW_CONTACT_ID = "name_raw_contact_id"; 950 951 /** 952 * Reference to the row in the data table holding the photo. A photo can 953 * be referred to either by ID (this field) or by URI (see {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI} 954 * and {@link #PHOTO_URI}). 955 * If PHOTO_ID is null, consult {@link #PHOTO_URI} or {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI}, 956 * which is a more generic mechanism for referencing the contact photo, especially for 957 * contacts returned by non-local directories (see {@link Directory}). 958 * 959 * <P>Type: INTEGER REFERENCES data(_id)</P> 960 */ 961 public static final String PHOTO_ID = "photo_id"; 962 963 /** 964 * Photo file ID of the full-size photo. If present, this will be used to populate 965 * {@link #PHOTO_URI}. The ID can also be used with 966 * {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_URI} to create a URI to the photo. 967 * If this is present, {@link #PHOTO_ID} is also guaranteed to be populated. 968 * 969 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 970 */ 971 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = "photo_file_id"; 972 973 /** 974 * A URI that can be used to retrieve the contact's full-size photo. 975 * If PHOTO_FILE_ID is not null, this will be populated with a URI based off 976 * {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_URI}. Otherwise, this will 977 * be populated with the same value as {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI}. 978 * A photo can be referred to either by a URI (this field) or by ID 979 * (see {@link #PHOTO_ID}). If either PHOTO_FILE_ID or PHOTO_ID is not null, 980 * PHOTO_URI and PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI shall not be null (but not necessarily 981 * vice versa). Thus using PHOTO_URI is a more robust method of retrieving 982 * contact photos. 983 * 984 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 985 */ 986 public static final String PHOTO_URI = "photo_uri"; 987 988 /** 989 * A URI that can be used to retrieve a thumbnail of the contact's photo. 990 * A photo can be referred to either by a URI (this field or {@link #PHOTO_URI}) 991 * or by ID (see {@link #PHOTO_ID}). If PHOTO_ID is not null, PHOTO_URI and 992 * PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI shall not be null (but not necessarily vice versa). 993 * If the content provider does not differentiate between full-size photos 994 * and thumbnail photos, PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI and {@link #PHOTO_URI} can contain 995 * the same value, but either both shall be null or both not null. 996 * 997 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 998 */ 999 public static final String PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI = "photo_thumb_uri"; 1000 1001 /** 1002 * Flag that reflects whether the contact exists inside the default directory. 1003 * Ie, whether the contact is designed to only be visible outside search. 1004 */ 1005 public static final String IN_DEFAULT_DIRECTORY = "in_default_directory"; 1006 1007 /** 1008 * Flag that reflects the {@link Groups#GROUP_VISIBLE} state of any 1009 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} for this contact. 1010 */ 1011 public static final String IN_VISIBLE_GROUP = "in_visible_group"; 1012 1013 /** 1014 * Flag that reflects whether this contact represents the user's 1015 * personal profile entry. 1016 */ 1017 public static final String IS_USER_PROFILE = "is_user_profile"; 1018 1019 /** 1020 * An indicator of whether this contact has at least one phone number. "1" if there is 1021 * at least one phone number, "0" otherwise. 1022 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 1023 */ 1024 public static final String HAS_PHONE_NUMBER = "has_phone_number"; 1025 1026 /** 1027 * An opaque value that contains hints on how to find the contact if 1028 * its row id changed as a result of a sync or aggregation. 1029 */ 1030 public static final String LOOKUP_KEY = "lookup"; 1031 1032 /** 1033 * Timestamp (milliseconds since epoch) of when this contact was last updated. This 1034 * includes updates to all data associated with this contact including raw contacts. Any 1035 * modification (including deletes and inserts) of underlying contact data are also 1036 * reflected in this timestamp. 1037 */ 1038 public static final String CONTACT_LAST_UPDATED_TIMESTAMP = 1039 "contact_last_updated_timestamp"; 1040 } 1041 1042 /** 1043 * @see Contacts 1044 */ 1045 protected interface ContactStatusColumns { 1046 /** 1047 * Contact presence status. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual status 1048 * definitions. 1049 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 1050 */ 1051 public static final String CONTACT_PRESENCE = "contact_presence"; 1052 1053 /** 1054 * Contact Chat Capabilities. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual 1055 * definitions. 1056 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 1057 */ 1058 public static final String CONTACT_CHAT_CAPABILITY = "contact_chat_capability"; 1059 1060 /** 1061 * Contact's latest status update. 1062 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 1063 */ 1064 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS = "contact_status"; 1065 1066 /** 1067 * The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was 1068 * inserted/updated. 1069 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 1070 */ 1071 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_TIMESTAMP = "contact_status_ts"; 1072 1073 /** 1074 * The package containing resources for this status: label and icon. 1075 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 1076 */ 1077 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE = "contact_status_res_package"; 1078 1079 /** 1080 * The resource ID of the label describing the source of contact 1081 * status, e.g. "Google Talk". This resource is scoped by the 1082 * {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 1083 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 1084 */ 1085 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_LABEL = "contact_status_label"; 1086 1087 /** 1088 * The resource ID of the icon for the source of contact status. This 1089 * resource is scoped by the {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 1090 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 1091 */ 1092 public static final String CONTACT_STATUS_ICON = "contact_status_icon"; 1093 } 1094 1095 /** 1096 * Constants for various styles of combining given name, family name etc into 1097 * a full name. For example, the western tradition follows the pattern 1098 * 'given name' 'middle name' 'family name' with the alternative pattern being 1099 * 'family name', 'given name' 'middle name'. The CJK tradition is 1100 * 'family name' 'middle name' 'given name', with Japanese favoring a space between 1101 * the names and Chinese omitting the space. 1102 */ 1103 public interface FullNameStyle { 1104 public static final int UNDEFINED = 0; 1105 public static final int WESTERN = 1; 1106 1107 /** 1108 * Used if the name is written in Hanzi/Kanji/Hanja and we could not determine 1109 * which specific language it belongs to: Chinese, Japanese or Korean. 1110 */ 1111 public static final int CJK = 2; 1112 1113 public static final int CHINESE = 3; 1114 public static final int JAPANESE = 4; 1115 public static final int KOREAN = 5; 1116 } 1117 1118 /** 1119 * Constants for various styles of capturing the pronunciation of a person's name. 1120 */ 1121 public interface PhoneticNameStyle { 1122 public static final int UNDEFINED = 0; 1123 1124 /** 1125 * Pinyin is a phonetic method of entering Chinese characters. Typically not explicitly 1126 * shown in UIs, but used for searches and sorting. 1127 */ 1128 public static final int PINYIN = 3; 1129 1130 /** 1131 * Hiragana and Katakana are two common styles of writing out the pronunciation 1132 * of a Japanese names. 1133 */ 1134 public static final int JAPANESE = 4; 1135 1136 /** 1137 * Hangul is the Korean phonetic alphabet. 1138 */ 1139 public static final int KOREAN = 5; 1140 } 1141 1142 /** 1143 * Types of data used to produce the display name for a contact. In the order 1144 * of increasing priority: {@link #EMAIL}, {@link #PHONE}, 1145 * {@link #ORGANIZATION}, {@link #NICKNAME}, {@link #STRUCTURED_PHONETIC_NAME}, 1146 * {@link #STRUCTURED_NAME}. 1147 */ 1148 public interface DisplayNameSources { 1149 public static final int UNDEFINED = 0; 1150 public static final int EMAIL = 10; 1151 public static final int PHONE = 20; 1152 public static final int ORGANIZATION = 30; 1153 public static final int NICKNAME = 35; 1154 /** Display name comes from a structured name that only has phonetic components. */ 1155 public static final int STRUCTURED_PHONETIC_NAME = 37; 1156 public static final int STRUCTURED_NAME = 40; 1157 } 1158 1159 /** 1160 * Contact name and contact name metadata columns in the RawContacts table. 1161 * 1162 * @see Contacts 1163 * @see RawContacts 1164 */ 1165 protected interface ContactNameColumns { 1166 1167 /** 1168 * The kind of data that is used as the display name for the contact, such as 1169 * structured name or email address. See {@link DisplayNameSources}. 1170 */ 1171 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME_SOURCE = "display_name_source"; 1172 1173 /** 1174 * <p> 1175 * The standard text shown as the contact's display name, based on the best 1176 * available information for the contact (for example, it might be the email address 1177 * if the name is not available). 1178 * The information actually used to compute the name is stored in 1179 * {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_SOURCE}. 1180 * </p> 1181 * <p> 1182 * A contacts provider is free to choose whatever representation makes most 1183 * sense for its target market. 1184 * For example in the default Android Open Source Project implementation, 1185 * if the display name is 1186 * based on the structured name and the structured name follows 1187 * the Western full-name style, then this field contains the "given name first" 1188 * version of the full name. 1189 * <p> 1190 * 1191 * @see ContactsContract.ContactNameColumns#DISPLAY_NAME_ALTERNATIVE 1192 */ 1193 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY = "display_name"; 1194 1195 /** 1196 * <p> 1197 * An alternative representation of the display name, such as "family name first" 1198 * instead of "given name first" for Western names. If an alternative is not 1199 * available, the values should be the same as {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY}. 1200 * </p> 1201 * <p> 1202 * A contacts provider is free to provide alternatives as necessary for 1203 * its target market. 1204 * For example the default Android Open Source Project contacts provider 1205 * currently provides an 1206 * alternative in a single case: if the display name is 1207 * based on the structured name and the structured name follows 1208 * the Western full name style, then the field contains the "family name first" 1209 * version of the full name. 1210 * Other cases may be added later. 1211 * </p> 1212 */ 1213 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME_ALTERNATIVE = "display_name_alt"; 1214 1215 /** 1216 * The phonetic alphabet used to represent the {@link #PHONETIC_NAME}. See 1217 * {@link PhoneticNameStyle}. 1218 */ 1219 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE = "phonetic_name_style"; 1220 1221 /** 1222 * <p> 1223 * Pronunciation of the full name in the phonetic alphabet specified by 1224 * {@link #PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE}. 1225 * </p> 1226 * <p> 1227 * The value may be set manually by the user. This capability is of 1228 * interest only in countries with commonly used phonetic alphabets, 1229 * such as Japan and Korea. See {@link PhoneticNameStyle}. 1230 * </p> 1231 */ 1232 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME = "phonetic_name"; 1233 1234 /** 1235 * Sort key that takes into account locale-based traditions for sorting 1236 * names in address books. The default 1237 * sort key is {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY}. For Chinese names 1238 * the sort key is the name's Pinyin spelling, and for Japanese names 1239 * it is the Hiragana version of the phonetic name. 1240 */ 1241 public static final String SORT_KEY_PRIMARY = "sort_key"; 1242 1243 /** 1244 * Sort key based on the alternative representation of the full name, 1245 * {@link #DISPLAY_NAME_ALTERNATIVE}. Thus for Western names, 1246 * it is the one using the "family name first" format. 1247 */ 1248 public static final String SORT_KEY_ALTERNATIVE = "sort_key_alt"; 1249 } 1250 1251 interface ContactCounts { 1252 1253 /** 1254 * Add this query parameter to a URI to get back row counts grouped by the address book 1255 * index as cursor extras. For most languages it is the first letter of the sort key. This 1256 * parameter does not affect the main content of the cursor. 1257 * 1258 * <p> 1259 * <pre> 1260 * Example: 1261 * 1262 * import android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts; 1263 * 1264 * Uri uri = Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 1265 * .appendQueryParameter(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX, "true") 1266 * .build(); 1267 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(uri, 1268 * new String[] {Contacts.DISPLAY_NAME}, 1269 * null, null, null); 1270 * Bundle bundle = cursor.getExtras(); 1271 * if (bundle.containsKey(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES) && 1272 * bundle.containsKey(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS)) { 1273 * String sections[] = 1274 * bundle.getStringArray(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES); 1275 * int counts[] = bundle.getIntArray(Contacts.EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS); 1276 * } 1277 * </pre> 1278 * </p> 1279 */ 1280 public static final String EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX = 1281 "android.provider.extra.ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX"; 1282 1283 /** 1284 * The array of address book index titles, which are returned in the 1285 * same order as the data in the cursor. 1286 * <p>TYPE: String[]</p> 1287 */ 1288 public static final String EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES = 1289 "android.provider.extra.ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES"; 1290 1291 /** 1292 * The array of group counts for the corresponding group. Contains the same number 1293 * of elements as the EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_TITLES array. 1294 * <p>TYPE: int[]</p> 1295 */ 1296 public static final String EXTRA_ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS = 1297 "android.provider.extra.ADDRESS_BOOK_INDEX_COUNTS"; 1298 } 1299 1300 /** 1301 * Constants for the contacts table, which contains a record per aggregate 1302 * of raw contacts representing the same person. 1303 * <h3>Operations</h3> 1304 * <dl> 1305 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 1306 * <dd>A Contact cannot be created explicitly. When a raw contact is 1307 * inserted, the provider will first try to find a Contact representing the 1308 * same person. If one is found, the raw contact's 1309 * {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column gets the _ID of the aggregate 1310 * Contact. If no match is found, the provider automatically inserts a new 1311 * Contact and puts its _ID into the {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column 1312 * of the newly inserted raw contact.</dd> 1313 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 1314 * <dd>Only certain columns of Contact are modifiable: 1315 * {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}, {@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}, {@link #STARRED}, 1316 * {@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}, {@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}. Changing any of 1317 * these columns on the Contact also changes them on all constituent raw 1318 * contacts.</dd> 1319 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 1320 * <dd>Be careful with deleting Contacts! Deleting an aggregate contact 1321 * deletes all constituent raw contacts. The corresponding sync adapters 1322 * will notice the deletions of their respective raw contacts and remove 1323 * them from their back end storage.</dd> 1324 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 1325 * <dd> 1326 * <ul> 1327 * <li>If you need to read an individual contact, consider using 1328 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} instead of {@link #CONTENT_URI}.</li> 1329 * <li>If you need to look up a contact by the phone number, use 1330 * {@link PhoneLookup#CONTENT_FILTER_URI PhoneLookup.CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, 1331 * which is optimized for this purpose.</li> 1332 * <li>If you need to look up a contact by partial name, e.g. to produce 1333 * filter-as-you-type suggestions, use the {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} URI. 1334 * <li>If you need to look up a contact by some data element like email 1335 * address, nickname, etc, use a query against the {@link ContactsContract.Data} table. 1336 * The result will contain contact ID, name etc. 1337 * </ul> 1338 * </dd> 1339 * </dl> 1340 * <h2>Columns</h2> 1341 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 1342 * <tr> 1343 * <th colspan='4'>Contacts</th> 1344 * </tr> 1345 * <tr> 1346 * <td>long</td> 1347 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 1348 * <td>read-only</td> 1349 * <td>Row ID. Consider using {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} instead.</td> 1350 * </tr> 1351 * <tr> 1352 * <td>String</td> 1353 * <td>{@link #LOOKUP_KEY}</td> 1354 * <td>read-only</td> 1355 * <td>An opaque value that contains hints on how to find the contact if its 1356 * row id changed as a result of a sync or aggregation.</td> 1357 * </tr> 1358 * <tr> 1359 * <td>long</td> 1360 * <td>NAME_RAW_CONTACT_ID</td> 1361 * <td>read-only</td> 1362 * <td>The ID of the raw contact that contributes the display name 1363 * to the aggregate contact. During aggregation one of the constituent 1364 * raw contacts is chosen using a heuristic: a longer name or a name 1365 * with more diacritic marks or more upper case characters is chosen.</td> 1366 * </tr> 1367 * <tr> 1368 * <td>String</td> 1369 * <td>DISPLAY_NAME_PRIMARY</td> 1370 * <td>read-only</td> 1371 * <td>The display name for the contact. It is the display name 1372 * contributed by the raw contact referred to by the NAME_RAW_CONTACT_ID 1373 * column.</td> 1374 * </tr> 1375 * <tr> 1376 * <td>long</td> 1377 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_ID}</td> 1378 * <td>read-only</td> 1379 * <td>Reference to the row in the {@link ContactsContract.Data} table holding the photo. 1380 * That row has the mime type 1381 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Photo#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}. The value of this field 1382 * is computed automatically based on the 1383 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Photo#IS_SUPER_PRIMARY} field of the data rows of 1384 * that mime type.</td> 1385 * </tr> 1386 * <tr> 1387 * <td>long</td> 1388 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_URI}</td> 1389 * <td>read-only</td> 1390 * <td>A URI that can be used to retrieve the contact's full-size photo. This 1391 * column is the preferred method of retrieving the contact photo.</td> 1392 * </tr> 1393 * <tr> 1394 * <td>long</td> 1395 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI}</td> 1396 * <td>read-only</td> 1397 * <td>A URI that can be used to retrieve the thumbnail of contact's photo. This 1398 * column is the preferred method of retrieving the contact photo.</td> 1399 * </tr> 1400 * <tr> 1401 * <td>int</td> 1402 * <td>{@link #IN_VISIBLE_GROUP}</td> 1403 * <td>read-only</td> 1404 * <td>An indicator of whether this contact is supposed to be visible in the 1405 * UI. "1" if the contact has at least one raw contact that belongs to a 1406 * visible group; "0" otherwise.</td> 1407 * </tr> 1408 * <tr> 1409 * <td>int</td> 1410 * <td>{@link #HAS_PHONE_NUMBER}</td> 1411 * <td>read-only</td> 1412 * <td>An indicator of whether this contact has at least one phone number. 1413 * "1" if there is at least one phone number, "0" otherwise.</td> 1414 * </tr> 1415 * <tr> 1416 * <td>int</td> 1417 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 1418 * <td>read/write</td> 1419 * <td>The number of times the contact has been contacted. See 1420 * {@link #markAsContacted}. When raw contacts are aggregated, this field is 1421 * computed automatically as the maximum number of times contacted among all 1422 * constituent raw contacts. Setting this field automatically changes the 1423 * corresponding field on all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1424 * </tr> 1425 * <tr> 1426 * <td>long</td> 1427 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 1428 * <td>read/write</td> 1429 * <td>The timestamp of the last time the contact was contacted. See 1430 * {@link #markAsContacted}. Setting this field also automatically 1431 * increments {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}. When raw contacts are aggregated, 1432 * this field is computed automatically as the latest time contacted of all 1433 * constituent raw contacts. Setting this field automatically changes the 1434 * corresponding field on all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1435 * </tr> 1436 * <tr> 1437 * <td>int</td> 1438 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 1439 * <td>read/write</td> 1440 * <td>An indicator for favorite contacts: '1' if favorite, '0' otherwise. 1441 * When raw contacts are aggregated, this field is automatically computed: 1442 * if any constituent raw contacts are starred, then this field is set to 1443 * '1'. Setting this field automatically changes the corresponding field on 1444 * all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1445 * </tr> 1446 * <tr> 1447 * <td>String</td> 1448 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 1449 * <td>read/write</td> 1450 * <td>A custom ringtone associated with a contact. Typically this is the 1451 * URI returned by an activity launched with the 1452 * {@link android.media.RingtoneManager#ACTION_RINGTONE_PICKER} intent.</td> 1453 * </tr> 1454 * <tr> 1455 * <td>int</td> 1456 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 1457 * <td>read/write</td> 1458 * <td>An indicator of whether calls from this contact should be forwarded 1459 * directly to voice mail ('1') or not ('0'). When raw contacts are 1460 * aggregated, this field is automatically computed: if <i>all</i> 1461 * constituent raw contacts have SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL=1, then this field is set 1462 * to '1'. Setting this field automatically changes the corresponding field 1463 * on all constituent raw contacts.</td> 1464 * </tr> 1465 * <tr> 1466 * <td>int</td> 1467 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_PRESENCE}</td> 1468 * <td>read-only</td> 1469 * <td>Contact IM presence status. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual 1470 * status definitions. Automatically computed as the highest presence of all 1471 * constituent raw contacts. The provider may choose not to store this value 1472 * in persistent storage. The expectation is that presence status will be 1473 * updated on a regular basis.</td> 1474 * </tr> 1475 * <tr> 1476 * <td>String</td> 1477 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS}</td> 1478 * <td>read-only</td> 1479 * <td>Contact's latest status update. Automatically computed as the latest 1480 * of all constituent raw contacts' status updates.</td> 1481 * </tr> 1482 * <tr> 1483 * <td>long</td> 1484 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 1485 * <td>read-only</td> 1486 * <td>The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was 1487 * inserted/updated.</td> 1488 * </tr> 1489 * <tr> 1490 * <td>String</td> 1491 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 1492 * <td>read-only</td> 1493 * <td> The package containing resources for this status: label and icon.</td> 1494 * </tr> 1495 * <tr> 1496 * <td>long</td> 1497 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_LABEL}</td> 1498 * <td>read-only</td> 1499 * <td>The resource ID of the label describing the source of contact status, 1500 * e.g. "Google Talk". This resource is scoped by the 1501 * {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 1502 * </tr> 1503 * <tr> 1504 * <td>long</td> 1505 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_ICON}</td> 1506 * <td>read-only</td> 1507 * <td>The resource ID of the icon for the source of contact status. This 1508 * resource is scoped by the {@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 1509 * </tr> 1510 * </table> 1511 */ 1512 public static class Contacts implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 1513 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns, ContactStatusColumns, ContactCounts { 1514 /** 1515 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 1516 */ 1517 private Contacts() {} 1518 1519 /** 1520 * The content:// style URI for this table 1521 */ 1522 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "contacts"); 1523 1524 /** 1525 * Special contacts URI to refer to contacts on the corp profile from the personal 1526 * profile. 1527 * 1528 * It's supported only by a few specific places for referring to contact pictures that 1529 * are in the corp provider for enterprise caller-ID. Contact picture URIs returned from 1530 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI} may contain this kind of URI. 1531 * 1532 * @hide 1533 */ 1534 public static final Uri CORP_CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 1535 "contacts_corp"); 1536 1537 /** 1538 * A content:// style URI for this table that should be used to create 1539 * shortcuts or otherwise create long-term links to contacts. This URI 1540 * should always be followed by a "/" and the contact's {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}. 1541 * It can optionally also have a "/" and last known contact ID appended after 1542 * that. This "complete" format is an important optimization and is highly recommended. 1543 * <p> 1544 * As long as the contact's row ID remains the same, this URI is 1545 * equivalent to {@link #CONTENT_URI}. If the contact's row ID changes 1546 * as a result of a sync or aggregation, this URI will look up the 1547 * contact using indirect information (sync IDs or constituent raw 1548 * contacts). 1549 * <p> 1550 * Lookup key should be appended unencoded - it is stored in the encoded 1551 * form, ready for use in a URI. 1552 */ 1553 public static final Uri CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 1554 "lookup"); 1555 1556 /** 1557 * Base {@link Uri} for referencing a single {@link Contacts} entry, 1558 * created by appending {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} using 1559 * {@link Uri#withAppendedPath(Uri, String)}. Provides 1560 * {@link OpenableColumns} columns when queried, or returns the 1561 * referenced contact formatted as a vCard when opened through 1562 * {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor(Uri, String)}. 1563 */ 1564 public static final Uri CONTENT_VCARD_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 1565 "as_vcard"); 1566 1567 /** 1568 * Boolean parameter that may be used with {@link #CONTENT_VCARD_URI} 1569 * and {@link #CONTENT_MULTI_VCARD_URI} to indicate that the returned 1570 * vcard should not contain a photo. 1571 * 1572 * This is useful for obtaining a space efficient vcard. 1573 */ 1574 public static final String QUERY_PARAMETER_VCARD_NO_PHOTO = "no_photo"; 1575 1576 /** 1577 * Base {@link Uri} for referencing multiple {@link Contacts} entry, 1578 * created by appending {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} using 1579 * {@link Uri#withAppendedPath(Uri, String)}. The lookup keys have to be 1580 * joined with the colon (":") separator, and the resulting string encoded. 1581 * 1582 * Provides {@link OpenableColumns} columns when queried, or returns the 1583 * referenced contact formatted as a vCard when opened through 1584 * {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor(Uri, String)}. 1585 * 1586 * <p> 1587 * Usage example: 1588 * <dl> 1589 * <dt>The following code snippet creates a multi-vcard URI that references all the 1590 * contacts in a user's database.</dt> 1591 * <dd> 1592 * 1593 * <pre> 1594 * public Uri getAllContactsVcardUri() { 1595 * Cursor cursor = getActivity().getContentResolver().query(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, 1596 * new String[] {Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY}, null, null, null); 1597 * if (cursor == null) { 1598 * return null; 1599 * } 1600 * try { 1601 * StringBuilder uriListBuilder = new StringBuilder(); 1602 * int index = 0; 1603 * while (cursor.moveToNext()) { 1604 * if (index != 0) uriListBuilder.append(':'); 1605 * uriListBuilder.append(cursor.getString(0)); 1606 * index++; 1607 * } 1608 * return Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_MULTI_VCARD_URI, 1609 * Uri.encode(uriListBuilder.toString())); 1610 * } finally { 1611 * cursor.close(); 1612 * } 1613 * } 1614 * </pre> 1615 * 1616 * </p> 1617 */ 1618 public static final Uri CONTENT_MULTI_VCARD_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 1619 "as_multi_vcard"); 1620 1621 /** 1622 * Builds a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style {@link Uri} describing the 1623 * requested {@link Contacts} entry. 1624 * 1625 * @param contactUri A {@link #CONTENT_URI} row, or an existing 1626 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} to attempt refreshing. 1627 */ 1628 public static Uri getLookupUri(ContentResolver resolver, Uri contactUri) { 1629 final Cursor c = resolver.query(contactUri, new String[] { 1630 Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY, Contacts._ID 1631 }, null, null, null); 1632 if (c == null) { 1633 return null; 1634 } 1635 1636 try { 1637 if (c.moveToFirst()) { 1638 final String lookupKey = c.getString(0); 1639 final long contactId = c.getLong(1); 1640 return getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 1641 } 1642 } finally { 1643 c.close(); 1644 } 1645 return null; 1646 } 1647 1648 /** 1649 * Build a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} lookup {@link Uri} using the 1650 * given {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} and {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}. 1651 * <p> 1652 * Returns null if unable to construct a valid lookup URI from the 1653 * provided parameters. 1654 */ 1655 public static Uri getLookupUri(long contactId, String lookupKey) { 1656 if (TextUtils.isEmpty(lookupKey)) { 1657 return null; 1658 } 1659 return ContentUris.withAppendedId(Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, 1660 lookupKey), contactId); 1661 } 1662 1663 /** 1664 * Computes a content URI (see {@link #CONTENT_URI}) given a lookup URI. 1665 * <p> 1666 * Returns null if the contact cannot be found. 1667 */ 1668 public static Uri lookupContact(ContentResolver resolver, Uri lookupUri) { 1669 if (lookupUri == null) { 1670 return null; 1671 } 1672 1673 Cursor c = resolver.query(lookupUri, new String[]{Contacts._ID}, null, null, null); 1674 if (c == null) { 1675 return null; 1676 } 1677 1678 try { 1679 if (c.moveToFirst()) { 1680 long contactId = c.getLong(0); 1681 return ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId); 1682 } 1683 } finally { 1684 c.close(); 1685 } 1686 return null; 1687 } 1688 1689 /** 1690 * Mark a contact as having been contacted. Updates two fields: 1691 * {@link #TIMES_CONTACTED} and {@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}. The 1692 * TIMES_CONTACTED field is incremented by 1 and the LAST_TIME_CONTACTED 1693 * field is populated with the current system time. 1694 * 1695 * @param resolver the ContentResolver to use 1696 * @param contactId the person who was contacted 1697 * 1698 * @deprecated The class DataUsageStatUpdater of the Android support library should 1699 * be used instead. 1700 */ 1701 @Deprecated 1702 public static void markAsContacted(ContentResolver resolver, long contactId) { 1703 Uri uri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(CONTENT_URI, contactId); 1704 ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 1705 // TIMES_CONTACTED will be incremented when LAST_TIME_CONTACTED is modified. 1706 values.put(LR_LAST_TIME_CONTACTED, System.currentTimeMillis()); 1707 resolver.update(uri, values, null, null); 1708 } 1709 1710 /** 1711 * The content:// style URI used for "type-to-filter" functionality on the 1712 * {@link #CONTENT_URI} URI. The filter string will be used to match 1713 * various parts of the contact name. The filter argument should be passed 1714 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 1715 */ 1716 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1717 CONTENT_URI, "filter"); 1718 1719 /** 1720 * It supports the similar semantics as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} and returns the same 1721 * columns. This URI requires {@link ContactsContract#DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY} in parameters, 1722 * otherwise it will throw IllegalArgumentException. 1723 */ 1724 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1725 CONTENT_URI, "filter_enterprise"); 1726 1727 /** 1728 * The content:// style URI for this table joined with useful data from 1729 * {@link ContactsContract.Data}, filtered to include only starred contacts 1730 * and the most frequently contacted contacts. 1731 */ 1732 public static final Uri CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1733 CONTENT_URI, "strequent"); 1734 1735 /** 1736 * The content:// style URI for showing a list of frequently contacted people. 1737 */ 1738 public static final Uri CONTENT_FREQUENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1739 CONTENT_URI, "frequent"); 1740 1741 /** 1742 * The content:// style URI used for "type-to-filter" functionality on the 1743 * {@link #CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI} URI. The filter string will be used to match 1744 * various parts of the contact name. The filter argument should be passed 1745 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 1746 */ 1747 public static final Uri CONTENT_STREQUENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1748 CONTENT_STREQUENT_URI, "filter"); 1749 1750 public static final Uri CONTENT_GROUP_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 1751 CONTENT_URI, "group"); 1752 1753 /** 1754 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 1755 * people. 1756 */ 1757 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact"; 1758 1759 /** 1760 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single 1761 * person. 1762 */ 1763 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact"; 1764 1765 /** 1766 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single 1767 * person. 1768 */ 1769 public static final String CONTENT_VCARD_TYPE = "text/x-vcard"; 1770 1771 /** 1772 * Mimimal ID for corp contacts returned from 1773 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 1774 * 1775 * @hide 1776 */ 1777 public static long ENTERPRISE_CONTACT_ID_BASE = 1000000000; // slightly smaller than 2 ** 30 1778 1779 /** 1780 * Prefix for corp contacts returned from 1781 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 1782 * 1783 * @hide 1784 */ 1785 public static String ENTERPRISE_CONTACT_LOOKUP_PREFIX = "c-"; 1786 1787 /** 1788 * Return TRUE if a contact ID is from the contacts provider on the enterprise profile. 1789 * 1790 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI} may return such a contact. 1791 */ 1792 public static boolean isEnterpriseContactId(long contactId) { 1793 return (contactId >= ENTERPRISE_CONTACT_ID_BASE) && (contactId < Profile.MIN_ID); 1794 } 1795 1796 /** 1797 * A sub-directory of a single contact that contains all of the constituent raw contact 1798 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. This directory can be used either 1799 * with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1800 */ 1801 public static final class Data implements BaseColumns, DataColumns { 1802 /** 1803 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1804 */ 1805 private Data() {} 1806 1807 /** 1808 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1809 */ 1810 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "data"; 1811 } 1812 1813 /** 1814 * <p> 1815 * A sub-directory of a contact that contains all of its 1816 * {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts} as well as 1817 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. To access this directory append 1818 * {@link #CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the contact URI. 1819 * </p> 1820 * <p> 1821 * Entity has three ID fields: {@link #CONTACT_ID} for the contact, 1822 * {@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID} for the raw contact and {@link #DATA_ID} for 1823 * the data rows. Entity always contains at least one row per 1824 * constituent raw contact, even if there are no actual data rows. In 1825 * this case the {@link #DATA_ID} field will be null. 1826 * </p> 1827 * <p> 1828 * Entity reads all data for the entire contact in one transaction, to 1829 * guarantee consistency. There is significant data duplication 1830 * in the Entity (each row repeats all Contact columns and all RawContact 1831 * columns), so the benefits of transactional consistency should be weighed 1832 * against the cost of transferring large amounts of denormalized data 1833 * from the Provider. 1834 * </p> 1835 * <p> 1836 * To reduce the amount of data duplication the contacts provider and directory 1837 * providers implementing this protocol are allowed to provide common Contacts 1838 * and RawContacts fields in the first row returned for each raw contact only and 1839 * leave them as null in subsequent rows. 1840 * </p> 1841 */ 1842 public static final class Entity implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 1843 ContactNameColumns, RawContactsColumns, BaseSyncColumns, SyncColumns, DataColumns, 1844 StatusColumns, ContactOptionsColumns, ContactStatusColumns, DataUsageStatColumns { 1845 /** 1846 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1847 */ 1848 private Entity() { 1849 } 1850 1851 /** 1852 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1853 */ 1854 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "entities"; 1855 1856 /** 1857 * The ID of the raw contact row. 1858 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 1859 */ 1860 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID = "raw_contact_id"; 1861 1862 /** 1863 * The ID of the data row. The value will be null if this raw contact has no 1864 * data rows. 1865 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 1866 */ 1867 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 1868 } 1869 1870 /** 1871 * <p> 1872 * A sub-directory of a single contact that contains all of the constituent raw contact 1873 * {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems} rows. This directory can be used either 1874 * with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1875 * </p> 1876 * <p> 1877 * Querying for social stream data requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM 1878 * permission. 1879 * </p> 1880 * 1881 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 1882 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 1883 * 1884 * @removed 1885 */ 1886 @Deprecated 1887 public static final class StreamItems implements StreamItemsColumns { 1888 /** 1889 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 1890 * 1891 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 1892 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 1893 */ 1894 @Deprecated 1895 private StreamItems() {} 1896 1897 /** 1898 * The directory twig for this sub-table 1899 * 1900 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 1901 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 1902 */ 1903 @Deprecated 1904 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "stream_items"; 1905 } 1906 1907 /** 1908 * <p> 1909 * A <i>read-only</i> sub-directory of a single contact aggregate that 1910 * contains all aggregation suggestions (other contacts). The 1911 * aggregation suggestions are computed based on approximate data 1912 * matches with this contact. 1913 * </p> 1914 * <p> 1915 * <i>Note: this query may be expensive! If you need to use it in bulk, 1916 * make sure the user experience is acceptable when the query runs for a 1917 * long time.</i> 1918 * <p> 1919 * Usage example: 1920 * 1921 * <pre> 1922 * Uri uri = Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 1923 * .appendEncodedPath(String.valueOf(contactId)) 1924 * .appendPath(Contacts.AggregationSuggestions.CONTENT_DIRECTORY) 1925 * .appendQueryParameter("limit", "3") 1926 * .build() 1927 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(suggestionsUri, 1928 * new String[] {Contacts.DISPLAY_NAME, Contacts._ID, Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY}, 1929 * null, null, null); 1930 * </pre> 1931 * 1932 * </p> 1933 * <p> 1934 * This directory can be used either with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or 1935 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 1936 * </p> 1937 */ 1938 public static final class AggregationSuggestions implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 1939 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactStatusColumns { 1940 /** 1941 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 1942 */ 1943 private AggregationSuggestions() {} 1944 1945 /** 1946 * The directory twig for this sub-table. The URI can be followed by an optional 1947 * type-to-filter, similar to 1948 * {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 1949 */ 1950 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "suggestions"; 1951 1952 /** 1953 * Used to specify what kind of data is supplied for the suggestion query. 1954 * 1955 * @hide 1956 */ 1957 public static final String PARAMETER_MATCH_NAME = "name"; 1958 1959 /** 1960 * A convenience builder for aggregation suggestion content URIs. 1961 */ 1962 public static final class Builder { 1963 private long mContactId; 1964 private final ArrayList<String> mValues = new ArrayList<String>(); 1965 private int mLimit; 1966 1967 /** 1968 * Optional existing contact ID. If it is not provided, the search 1969 * will be based exclusively on the values supplied with {@link #addNameParameter}. 1970 * 1971 * @param contactId contact to find aggregation suggestions for 1972 * @return This Builder object to allow for chaining of calls to builder methods 1973 */ 1974 public Builder setContactId(long contactId) { 1975 this.mContactId = contactId; 1976 return this; 1977 } 1978 1979 /** 1980 * Add a name to be used when searching for aggregation suggestions. 1981 * 1982 * @param name name to find aggregation suggestions for 1983 * @return This Builder object to allow for chaining of calls to builder methods 1984 */ 1985 public Builder addNameParameter(String name) { 1986 mValues.add(name); 1987 return this; 1988 } 1989 1990 /** 1991 * Sets the Maximum number of suggested aggregations that should be returned. 1992 * @param limit The maximum number of suggested aggregations 1993 * 1994 * @return This Builder object to allow for chaining of calls to builder methods 1995 */ 1996 public Builder setLimit(int limit) { 1997 mLimit = limit; 1998 return this; 1999 } 2000 2001 /** 2002 * Combine all of the options that have been set and return a new {@link Uri} 2003 * object for fetching aggregation suggestions. 2004 */ 2005 public Uri build() { 2006 android.net.Uri.Builder builder = Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 2007 builder.appendEncodedPath(String.valueOf(mContactId)); 2008 builder.appendPath(Contacts.AggregationSuggestions.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2009 if (mLimit != 0) { 2010 builder.appendQueryParameter("limit", String.valueOf(mLimit)); 2011 } 2012 2013 int count = mValues.size(); 2014 for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) { 2015 builder.appendQueryParameter("query", PARAMETER_MATCH_NAME 2016 + ":" + mValues.get(i)); 2017 } 2018 2019 return builder.build(); 2020 } 2021 } 2022 2023 /** 2024 * @hide 2025 */ 2026 public static final Builder builder() { 2027 return new Builder(); 2028 } 2029 } 2030 2031 /** 2032 * A <i>read-only</i> sub-directory of a single contact that contains 2033 * the contact's primary photo. The photo may be stored in up to two ways - 2034 * the default "photo" is a thumbnail-sized image stored directly in the data 2035 * row, while the "display photo", if present, is a larger version stored as 2036 * a file. 2037 * <p> 2038 * Usage example: 2039 * <dl> 2040 * <dt>Retrieving the thumbnail-sized photo</dt> 2041 * <dd> 2042 * <pre> 2043 * public InputStream openPhoto(long contactId) { 2044 * Uri contactUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId); 2045 * Uri photoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, Contacts.Photo.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2046 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(photoUri, 2047 * new String[] {Contacts.Photo.PHOTO}, null, null, null); 2048 * if (cursor == null) { 2049 * return null; 2050 * } 2051 * try { 2052 * if (cursor.moveToFirst()) { 2053 * byte[] data = cursor.getBlob(0); 2054 * if (data != null) { 2055 * return new ByteArrayInputStream(data); 2056 * } 2057 * } 2058 * } finally { 2059 * cursor.close(); 2060 * } 2061 * return null; 2062 * } 2063 * </pre> 2064 * </dd> 2065 * <dt>Retrieving the larger photo version</dt> 2066 * <dd> 2067 * <pre> 2068 * public InputStream openDisplayPhoto(long contactId) { 2069 * Uri contactUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId); 2070 * Uri displayPhotoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, Contacts.Photo.DISPLAY_PHOTO); 2071 * try { 2072 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = 2073 * getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor(displayPhotoUri, "r"); 2074 * return fd.createInputStream(); 2075 * } catch (IOException e) { 2076 * return null; 2077 * } 2078 * } 2079 * </pre> 2080 * </dd> 2081 * </dl> 2082 * 2083 * </p> 2084 * <p>You may also consider using the convenience method 2085 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver, Uri, boolean)} 2086 * to retrieve the raw photo contents of either the thumbnail-sized or the full-sized photo. 2087 * </p> 2088 * <p> 2089 * This directory can be used either with a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or 2090 * {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. 2091 * </p> 2092 */ 2093 public static final class Photo implements BaseColumns, DataColumnsWithJoins { 2094 /** 2095 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 2096 */ 2097 private Photo() {} 2098 2099 /** 2100 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2101 */ 2102 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "photo"; 2103 2104 /** 2105 * The directory twig for retrieving the full-size display photo. 2106 */ 2107 public static final String DISPLAY_PHOTO = "display_photo"; 2108 2109 /** 2110 * Full-size photo file ID of the raw contact. 2111 * See {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto}. 2112 * <p> 2113 * Type: NUMBER 2114 */ 2115 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = DATA14; 2116 2117 /** 2118 * Thumbnail photo of the raw contact. This is the raw bytes of an image 2119 * that could be inflated using {@link android.graphics.BitmapFactory}. 2120 * <p> 2121 * Type: BLOB 2122 */ 2123 public static final String PHOTO = DATA15; 2124 } 2125 2126 /** 2127 * Opens an InputStream for the contacts's photo and returns the 2128 * photo as a byte stream. 2129 * @param cr The content resolver to use for querying 2130 * @param contactUri the contact whose photo should be used. This can be used with 2131 * either a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} URI. 2132 * @param preferHighres If this is true and the contact has a higher resolution photo 2133 * available, it is returned. If false, this function always tries to get the thumbnail 2134 * @return an InputStream of the photo, or null if no photo is present 2135 */ 2136 public static InputStream openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver cr, Uri contactUri, 2137 boolean preferHighres) { 2138 if (preferHighres) { 2139 final Uri displayPhotoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, 2140 Contacts.Photo.DISPLAY_PHOTO); 2141 try { 2142 AssetFileDescriptor fd = cr.openAssetFileDescriptor(displayPhotoUri, "r"); 2143 if (fd != null) { 2144 return fd.createInputStream(); 2145 } 2146 } catch (IOException e) { 2147 // fallback to the thumbnail code 2148 } 2149 } 2150 2151 Uri photoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(contactUri, Photo.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2152 if (photoUri == null) { 2153 return null; 2154 } 2155 Cursor cursor = cr.query(photoUri, 2156 new String[] { 2157 ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Photo.PHOTO 2158 }, null, null, null); 2159 try { 2160 if (cursor == null || !cursor.moveToNext()) { 2161 return null; 2162 } 2163 byte[] data = cursor.getBlob(0); 2164 if (data == null) { 2165 return null; 2166 } 2167 return new ByteArrayInputStream(data); 2168 } finally { 2169 if (cursor != null) { 2170 cursor.close(); 2171 } 2172 } 2173 } 2174 2175 /** 2176 * Opens an InputStream for the contacts's thumbnail photo and returns the 2177 * photo as a byte stream. 2178 * @param cr The content resolver to use for querying 2179 * @param contactUri the contact whose photo should be used. This can be used with 2180 * either a {@link #CONTENT_URI} or a {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} URI. 2181 * @return an InputStream of the photo, or null if no photo is present 2182 * @see #openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver, Uri, boolean), if instead 2183 * of the thumbnail the high-res picture is preferred 2184 */ 2185 public static InputStream openContactPhotoInputStream(ContentResolver cr, Uri contactUri) { 2186 return openContactPhotoInputStream(cr, contactUri, false); 2187 } 2188 } 2189 2190 /** 2191 * <p> 2192 * Constants for the user's profile data, which is represented as a single contact on 2193 * the device that represents the user. The profile contact is not aggregated 2194 * together automatically in the same way that normal contacts are; instead, each 2195 * account (including data set, if applicable) on the device may contribute a single 2196 * raw contact representing the user's personal profile data from that source. 2197 * </p> 2198 * <p> 2199 * Access to the profile entry through these URIs (or incidental access to parts of 2200 * the profile if retrieved directly via ID) requires additional permissions beyond 2201 * the read/write contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for profile 2202 * data requires android.permission.READ_PROFILE permission, and inserting or 2203 * updating profile data requires android.permission.WRITE_PROFILE permission. 2204 * </p> 2205 * <h3>Operations</h3> 2206 * <dl> 2207 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 2208 * <dd>The user's profile entry cannot be created explicitly (attempting to do so 2209 * will throw an exception). When a raw contact is inserted into the profile, the 2210 * provider will check for the existence of a profile on the device. If one is 2211 * found, the raw contact's {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column gets the _ID of 2212 * the profile Contact. If no match is found, the profile Contact is created and 2213 * its _ID is put into the {@link RawContacts#CONTACT_ID} column of the newly 2214 * inserted raw contact.</dd> 2215 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 2216 * <dd>The profile Contact has the same update restrictions as Contacts in general, 2217 * but requires the android.permission.WRITE_PROFILE permission.</dd> 2218 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 2219 * <dd>The profile Contact cannot be explicitly deleted. It will be removed 2220 * automatically if all of its constituent raw contact entries are deleted.</dd> 2221 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 2222 * <dd> 2223 * <ul> 2224 * <li>The {@link #CONTENT_URI} for profiles behaves in much the same way as 2225 * retrieving a contact by ID, except that it will only ever return the user's 2226 * profile contact. 2227 * </li> 2228 * <li> 2229 * The profile contact supports all of the same sub-paths as an individual contact 2230 * does - the content of the profile contact can be retrieved as entities or 2231 * data rows. Similarly, specific raw contact entries can be retrieved by appending 2232 * the desired raw contact ID within the profile. 2233 * </li> 2234 * </ul> 2235 * </dd> 2236 * </dl> 2237 */ 2238 public static final class Profile implements BaseColumns, ContactsColumns, 2239 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns, ContactStatusColumns { 2240 /** 2241 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 2242 */ 2243 private Profile() { 2244 } 2245 2246 /** 2247 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests the contact entry 2248 * representing the user's personal profile data. 2249 */ 2250 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "profile"); 2251 2252 /** 2253 * {@link Uri} for referencing the user's profile {@link Contacts} entry, 2254 * Provides {@link OpenableColumns} columns when queried, or returns the 2255 * user's profile contact formatted as a vCard when opened through 2256 * {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor(Uri, String)}. 2257 */ 2258 public static final Uri CONTENT_VCARD_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 2259 "as_vcard"); 2260 2261 /** 2262 * {@link Uri} for referencing the raw contacts that make up the user's profile 2263 * {@link Contacts} entry. An individual raw contact entry within the profile 2264 * can be addressed by appending the raw contact ID. The entities or data within 2265 * that specific raw contact can be requested by appending the entity or data 2266 * path as well. 2267 */ 2268 public static final Uri CONTENT_RAW_CONTACTS_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 2269 "raw_contacts"); 2270 2271 /** 2272 * The minimum ID for any entity that belongs to the profile. This essentially 2273 * defines an ID-space in which profile data is stored, and is used by the provider 2274 * to determine whether a request via a non-profile-specific URI should be directed 2275 * to the profile data rather than general contacts data, along with all the special 2276 * permission checks that entails. 2277 * 2278 * Callers may use {@link #isProfileId} to check whether a specific ID falls into 2279 * the set of data intended for the profile. 2280 */ 2281 public static final long MIN_ID = Long.MAX_VALUE - (long) Integer.MAX_VALUE; 2282 } 2283 2284 /** 2285 * This method can be used to identify whether the given ID is associated with profile 2286 * data. It does not necessarily indicate that the ID is tied to valid data, merely 2287 * that accessing data using this ID will result in profile access checks and will only 2288 * return data from the profile. 2289 * 2290 * @param id The ID to check. 2291 * @return Whether the ID is associated with profile data. 2292 */ 2293 public static boolean isProfileId(long id) { 2294 return id >= Profile.MIN_ID; 2295 } 2296 2297 protected interface DeletedContactsColumns { 2298 2299 /** 2300 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} that was deleted. 2301 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2302 */ 2303 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 2304 2305 /** 2306 * Time (milliseconds since epoch) that the contact was deleted. 2307 */ 2308 public static final String CONTACT_DELETED_TIMESTAMP = "contact_deleted_timestamp"; 2309 } 2310 2311 /** 2312 * Constants for the deleted contact table. This table holds a log of deleted contacts. 2313 * <p> 2314 * Log older than {@link #DAYS_KEPT_MILLISECONDS} may be deleted. 2315 */ 2316 public static final class DeletedContacts implements DeletedContactsColumns { 2317 2318 /** 2319 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 2320 */ 2321 private DeletedContacts() { 2322 } 2323 2324 /** 2325 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests a directory of raw contact rows 2326 * matching the selection criteria. 2327 */ 2328 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 2329 "deleted_contacts"); 2330 2331 /** 2332 * Number of days that the delete log will be kept. After this time, delete records may be 2333 * deleted. 2334 * 2335 * @hide 2336 */ 2337 private static final int DAYS_KEPT = 30; 2338 2339 /** 2340 * Milliseconds that the delete log will be kept. After this time, delete records may be 2341 * deleted. 2342 */ 2343 public static final long DAYS_KEPT_MILLISECONDS = 1000L * 60L * 60L * 24L * (long)DAYS_KEPT; 2344 } 2345 2346 protected interface RawContactsColumns { 2347 /** 2348 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} that this 2349 * data belongs to. 2350 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2351 */ 2352 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 2353 2354 /** 2355 * Persistent unique id for each raw_contact within its account. 2356 * This id is provided by its own data source, and can be used to backup metadata 2357 * to the server. 2358 * This should be unique within each set of account_name/account_type/data_set 2359 */ 2360 public static final String BACKUP_ID = "backup_id"; 2361 2362 /** 2363 * The data set within the account that this row belongs to. This allows 2364 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 2365 * each others' data. 2366 * 2367 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 2368 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 2369 * the same account type and account name. 2370 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 2371 */ 2372 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 2373 2374 /** 2375 * A concatenation of the account type and data set (delimited by a forward 2376 * slash) - if the data set is empty, this will be the same as the account 2377 * type. For applications that need to be aware of the data set, this can 2378 * be used instead of account type to distinguish sets of data. This is 2379 * never intended to be used for specifying accounts. 2380 * <p> 2381 * This column does *not* escape forward slashes in the account type or the data set. 2382 * If this is an issue, consider using 2383 * {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} and 2384 * {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts#DATA_SET} directly. 2385 */ 2386 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE_AND_DATA_SET = "account_type_and_data_set"; 2387 2388 /** 2389 * The aggregation mode for this contact. 2390 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2391 */ 2392 public static final String AGGREGATION_MODE = "aggregation_mode"; 2393 2394 /** 2395 * The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 2396 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 2397 * called on a raw contact, it is marked for deletion and removed from its 2398 * aggregate contact. The sync adaptor deletes the raw contact on the server and 2399 * then calls ContactResolver.delete once more, this time passing the 2400 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter to finalize 2401 * the data removal. 2402 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2403 */ 2404 public static final String DELETED = "deleted"; 2405 2406 /** 2407 * The "read-only" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row cannot be modified or 2408 * deleted except by a sync adapter. See {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER}. 2409 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2410 */ 2411 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_IS_READ_ONLY = "raw_contact_is_read_only"; 2412 2413 /** 2414 * Flag that reflects whether this raw contact belongs to the user's 2415 * personal profile entry. 2416 */ 2417 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_IS_USER_PROFILE = "raw_contact_is_user_profile"; 2418 2419 /** 2420 * Flag indicating that a raw contact's metadata has changed, and its metadata 2421 * needs to be synchronized by the server. 2422 * <P>Type: INTEGER (boolean)</P> 2423 */ 2424 public static final String METADATA_DIRTY = "metadata_dirty"; 2425 } 2426 2427 /** 2428 * Constants for the raw contacts table, which contains one row of contact 2429 * information for each person in each synced account. Sync adapters and 2430 * contact management apps 2431 * are the primary consumers of this API. 2432 * 2433 * <h3>Aggregation</h3> 2434 * <p> 2435 * As soon as a raw contact is inserted or whenever its constituent data 2436 * changes, the provider will check if the raw contact matches other 2437 * existing raw contacts and if so will aggregate it with those. The 2438 * aggregation is reflected in the {@link RawContacts} table by the change of the 2439 * {@link #CONTACT_ID} field, which is the reference to the aggregate contact. 2440 * </p> 2441 * <p> 2442 * Changes to the structured name, organization, phone number, email address, 2443 * or nickname trigger a re-aggregation. 2444 * </p> 2445 * <p> 2446 * See also {@link AggregationExceptions} for a mechanism to control 2447 * aggregation programmatically. 2448 * </p> 2449 * 2450 * <h3>Operations</h3> 2451 * <dl> 2452 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 2453 * <dd> 2454 * <p> 2455 * Raw contacts can be inserted incrementally or in a batch. 2456 * The incremental method is more traditional but less efficient. 2457 * It should be used 2458 * only if no {@link Data} values are available at the time the raw contact is created: 2459 * <pre> 2460 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 2461 * values.put(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 2462 * values.put(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 2463 * Uri rawContactUri = getContentResolver().insert(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, values); 2464 * long rawContactId = ContentUris.parseId(rawContactUri); 2465 * </pre> 2466 * </p> 2467 * <p> 2468 * Once {@link Data} values become available, insert those. 2469 * For example, here's how you would insert a name: 2470 * 2471 * <pre> 2472 * values.clear(); 2473 * values.put(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId); 2474 * values.put(Data.MIMETYPE, StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 2475 * values.put(StructuredName.DISPLAY_NAME, "Mike Sullivan"); 2476 * getContentResolver().insert(Data.CONTENT_URI, values); 2477 * </pre> 2478 * </p> 2479 * <p> 2480 * The batch method is by far preferred. It inserts the raw contact and its 2481 * constituent data rows in a single database transaction 2482 * and causes at most one aggregation pass. 2483 * <pre> 2484 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 2485 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 2486 * ... 2487 * int rawContactInsertIndex = ops.size(); 2488 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI) 2489 * .withValue(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType) 2490 * .withValue(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName) 2491 * .build()); 2492 * 2493 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 2494 * .withValueBackReference(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactInsertIndex) 2495 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 2496 * .withValue(StructuredName.DISPLAY_NAME, "Mike Sullivan") 2497 * .build()); 2498 * 2499 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 2500 * </pre> 2501 * </p> 2502 * <p> 2503 * Note the use of {@link ContentProviderOperation.Builder#withValueBackReference(String, int)} 2504 * to refer to the as-yet-unknown index value of the raw contact inserted in the 2505 * first operation. 2506 * </p> 2507 * 2508 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 2509 * <dd><p> 2510 * Raw contacts can be updated incrementally or in a batch. 2511 * Batch mode should be used whenever possible. 2512 * The procedures and considerations are analogous to those documented above for inserts. 2513 * </p></dd> 2514 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 2515 * <dd><p>When a raw contact is deleted, all of its Data rows as well as StatusUpdates, 2516 * AggregationExceptions, PhoneLookup rows are deleted automatically. When all raw 2517 * contacts associated with a {@link Contacts} row are deleted, the {@link Contacts} row 2518 * itself is also deleted automatically. 2519 * </p> 2520 * <p> 2521 * The invocation of {@code resolver.delete(...)}, does not immediately delete 2522 * a raw contacts row. 2523 * Instead, it sets the {@link #DELETED} flag on the raw contact and 2524 * removes the raw contact from its aggregate contact. 2525 * The sync adapter then deletes the raw contact from the server and 2526 * finalizes phone-side deletion by calling {@code resolver.delete(...)} 2527 * again and passing the {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter.<p> 2528 * <p>Some sync adapters are read-only, meaning that they only sync server-side 2529 * changes to the phone, but not the reverse. If one of those raw contacts 2530 * is marked for deletion, it will remain on the phone. However it will be 2531 * effectively invisible, because it will not be part of any aggregate contact. 2532 * </dd> 2533 * 2534 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 2535 * <dd> 2536 * <p> 2537 * It is easy to find all raw contacts in a Contact: 2538 * <pre> 2539 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, 2540 * new String[]{RawContacts._ID}, 2541 * RawContacts.CONTACT_ID + "=?", 2542 * new String[]{String.valueOf(contactId)}, null); 2543 * </pre> 2544 * </p> 2545 * <p> 2546 * To find raw contacts within a specific account, 2547 * you can either put the account name and type in the selection or pass them as query 2548 * parameters. The latter approach is preferable, especially when you can reuse the 2549 * URI: 2550 * <pre> 2551 * Uri rawContactUri = RawContacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 2552 * .appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName) 2553 * .appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType) 2554 * .build(); 2555 * Cursor c1 = getContentResolver().query(rawContactUri, 2556 * RawContacts.STARRED + "<>0", null, null, null); 2557 * ... 2558 * Cursor c2 = getContentResolver().query(rawContactUri, 2559 * RawContacts.DELETED + "<>0", null, null, null); 2560 * </pre> 2561 * </p> 2562 * <p>The best way to read a raw contact along with all the data associated with it is 2563 * by using the {@link Entity} directory. If the raw contact has data rows, 2564 * the Entity cursor will contain a row for each data row. If the raw contact has no 2565 * data rows, the cursor will still contain one row with the raw contact-level information. 2566 * <pre> 2567 * Uri rawContactUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId); 2568 * Uri entityUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(rawContactUri, Entity.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2569 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(entityUri, 2570 * new String[]{RawContacts.SOURCE_ID, Entity.DATA_ID, Entity.MIMETYPE, Entity.DATA1}, 2571 * null, null, null); 2572 * try { 2573 * while (c.moveToNext()) { 2574 * String sourceId = c.getString(0); 2575 * if (!c.isNull(1)) { 2576 * String mimeType = c.getString(2); 2577 * String data = c.getString(3); 2578 * ... 2579 * } 2580 * } 2581 * } finally { 2582 * c.close(); 2583 * } 2584 * </pre> 2585 * </p> 2586 * </dd> 2587 * </dl> 2588 * <h2>Columns</h2> 2589 * 2590 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 2591 * <tr> 2592 * <th colspan='4'>RawContacts</th> 2593 * </tr> 2594 * <tr> 2595 * <td>long</td> 2596 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 2597 * <td>read-only</td> 2598 * <td>Row ID. Sync adapters should try to preserve row IDs during updates. In other words, 2599 * it is much better for a sync adapter to update a raw contact rather than to delete and 2600 * re-insert it.</td> 2601 * </tr> 2602 * <tr> 2603 * <td>long</td> 2604 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 2605 * <td>read-only</td> 2606 * <td>The ID of the row in the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} table 2607 * that this raw contact belongs 2608 * to. Raw contacts are linked to contacts by the aggregation process, which can be controlled 2609 * by the {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE} field and {@link AggregationExceptions}.</td> 2610 * </tr> 2611 * <tr> 2612 * <td>int</td> 2613 * <td>{@link #AGGREGATION_MODE}</td> 2614 * <td>read/write</td> 2615 * <td>A mechanism that allows programmatic control of the aggregation process. The allowed 2616 * values are {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DEFAULT}, {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DISABLED} 2617 * and {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED}. See also {@link AggregationExceptions}.</td> 2618 * </tr> 2619 * <tr> 2620 * <td>int</td> 2621 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 2622 * <td>read/write</td> 2623 * <td>The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 2624 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 2625 * called on a raw contact, it is marked for deletion and removed from its 2626 * aggregate contact. The sync adaptor deletes the raw contact on the server and 2627 * then calls ContactResolver.delete once more, this time passing the 2628 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter to finalize 2629 * the data removal.</td> 2630 * </tr> 2631 * <tr> 2632 * <td>int</td> 2633 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 2634 * <td>read/write</td> 2635 * <td>The number of times the contact has been contacted. To have an effect 2636 * on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2637 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted. 2638 * After that, this value is typically updated via 2639 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#markAsContacted}.</td> 2640 * </tr> 2641 * <tr> 2642 * <td>long</td> 2643 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 2644 * <td>read/write</td> 2645 * <td>The timestamp of the last time the contact was contacted. To have an effect 2646 * on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2647 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted. 2648 * After that, this value is typically updated via 2649 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#markAsContacted}. 2650 * </td> 2651 * </tr> 2652 * <tr> 2653 * <td>int</td> 2654 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 2655 * <td>read/write</td> 2656 * <td>An indicator for favorite contacts: '1' if favorite, '0' otherwise. 2657 * Changing this field immediately affects the corresponding aggregate contact: 2658 * if any raw contacts in that aggregate contact are starred, then the contact 2659 * itself is marked as starred.</td> 2660 * </tr> 2661 * <tr> 2662 * <td>String</td> 2663 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 2664 * <td>read/write</td> 2665 * <td>A custom ringtone associated with a raw contact. Typically this is the 2666 * URI returned by an activity launched with the 2667 * {@link android.media.RingtoneManager#ACTION_RINGTONE_PICKER} intent. 2668 * To have an effect on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2669 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted. To set a custom 2670 * ringtone on a contact, use the field {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CUSTOM_RINGTONE 2671 * Contacts.CUSTOM_RINGTONE} 2672 * instead.</td> 2673 * </tr> 2674 * <tr> 2675 * <td>int</td> 2676 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 2677 * <td>read/write</td> 2678 * <td>An indicator of whether calls from this raw contact should be forwarded 2679 * directly to voice mail ('1') or not ('0'). To have an effect 2680 * on the corresponding value of the aggregate contact, this field 2681 * should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted.</td> 2682 * </tr> 2683 * <tr> 2684 * <td>String</td> 2685 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}</td> 2686 * <td>read/write-once</td> 2687 * <td>The name of the account instance to which this row belongs, which when paired with 2688 * {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE} identifies a specific account. 2689 * For example, this will be the Gmail address if it is a Google account. 2690 * It should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2691 * changed afterwards.</td> 2692 * </tr> 2693 * <tr> 2694 * <td>String</td> 2695 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}</td> 2696 * <td>read/write-once</td> 2697 * <td> 2698 * <p> 2699 * The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 2700 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account. 2701 * It should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2702 * changed afterwards. 2703 * </p> 2704 * <p> 2705 * To ensure uniqueness, new account types should be chosen according to the 2706 * Java package naming convention. Thus a Google account is of type "com.google". 2707 * </p> 2708 * </td> 2709 * </tr> 2710 * <tr> 2711 * <td>String</td> 2712 * <td>{@link #DATA_SET}</td> 2713 * <td>read/write-once</td> 2714 * <td> 2715 * <p> 2716 * The data set within the account that this row belongs to. This allows 2717 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 2718 * each others' data. The combination of {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}, 2719 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}, and {@link #DATA_SET} identifies a set of data 2720 * that is associated with a single sync adapter. 2721 * </p> 2722 * <p> 2723 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 2724 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 2725 * the same account type and account name. 2726 * </p> 2727 * <p> 2728 * It should be set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2729 * changed afterwards. 2730 * </p> 2731 * </td> 2732 * </tr> 2733 * <tr> 2734 * <td>String</td> 2735 * <td>{@link #SOURCE_ID}</td> 2736 * <td>read/write</td> 2737 * <td>String that uniquely identifies this row to its source account. 2738 * Typically it is set at the time the raw contact is inserted and never 2739 * changed afterwards. The one notable exception is a new raw contact: it 2740 * will have an account name and type (and possibly a data set), but no 2741 * source id. This indicates to the sync adapter that a new contact needs 2742 * to be created server-side and its ID stored in the corresponding 2743 * SOURCE_ID field on the phone. 2744 * </td> 2745 * </tr> 2746 * <tr> 2747 * <td>int</td> 2748 * <td>{@link #VERSION}</td> 2749 * <td>read-only</td> 2750 * <td>Version number that is updated whenever this row or its related data 2751 * changes. This field can be used for optimistic locking of a raw contact. 2752 * </td> 2753 * </tr> 2754 * <tr> 2755 * <td>int</td> 2756 * <td>{@link #DIRTY}</td> 2757 * <td>read/write</td> 2758 * <td>Flag indicating that {@link #VERSION} has changed, and this row needs 2759 * to be synchronized by its owning account. The value is set to "1" automatically 2760 * whenever the raw contact changes, unless the URI has the 2761 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter specified. 2762 * The sync adapter should always supply this query parameter to prevent 2763 * unnecessary synchronization: user changes some data on the server, 2764 * the sync adapter updates the contact on the phone (without the 2765 * CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER flag) flag, which sets the DIRTY flag, 2766 * which triggers a sync to bring the changes to the server. 2767 * </td> 2768 * </tr> 2769 * <tr> 2770 * <td>String</td> 2771 * <td>{@link #SYNC1}</td> 2772 * <td>read/write</td> 2773 * <td>Generic column provided for arbitrary use by sync adapters. 2774 * The content provider 2775 * stores this information on behalf of the sync adapter but does not 2776 * interpret it in any way. 2777 * </td> 2778 * </tr> 2779 * <tr> 2780 * <td>String</td> 2781 * <td>{@link #SYNC2}</td> 2782 * <td>read/write</td> 2783 * <td>Generic column for use by sync adapters. 2784 * </td> 2785 * </tr> 2786 * <tr> 2787 * <td>String</td> 2788 * <td>{@link #SYNC3}</td> 2789 * <td>read/write</td> 2790 * <td>Generic column for use by sync adapters. 2791 * </td> 2792 * </tr> 2793 * <tr> 2794 * <td>String</td> 2795 * <td>{@link #SYNC4}</td> 2796 * <td>read/write</td> 2797 * <td>Generic column for use by sync adapters. 2798 * </td> 2799 * </tr> 2800 * </table> 2801 */ 2802 public static final class RawContacts implements BaseColumns, RawContactsColumns, 2803 ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns, SyncColumns { 2804 /** 2805 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 2806 */ 2807 private RawContacts() { 2808 } 2809 2810 /** 2811 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests a directory of 2812 * raw contact rows matching the selection criteria. 2813 */ 2814 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "raw_contacts"); 2815 2816 /** 2817 * The MIME type of the results from {@link #CONTENT_URI} when a specific 2818 * ID value is not provided, and multiple raw contacts may be returned. 2819 */ 2820 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/raw_contact"; 2821 2822 /** 2823 * The MIME type of the results when a raw contact ID is appended to {@link #CONTENT_URI}, 2824 * yielding a subdirectory of a single person. 2825 */ 2826 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/raw_contact"; 2827 2828 /** 2829 * Aggregation mode: aggregate immediately after insert or update operation(s) are complete. 2830 */ 2831 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_DEFAULT = 0; 2832 2833 /** 2834 * Aggregation mode: aggregate at the time the raw contact is inserted/updated. 2835 * @deprecated Aggregation is synchronous, this historic value is a no-op 2836 */ 2837 @Deprecated 2838 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_IMMEDIATE = 1; 2839 2840 /** 2841 * <p> 2842 * Aggregation mode: aggregation suspended temporarily, and is likely to be resumed later. 2843 * Changes to the raw contact will update the associated aggregate contact but will not 2844 * result in any change in how the contact is aggregated. Similar to 2845 * {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DISABLED}, but maintains a link to the corresponding 2846 * {@link Contacts} aggregate. 2847 * </p> 2848 * <p> 2849 * This can be used to postpone aggregation until after a series of updates, for better 2850 * performance and/or user experience. 2851 * </p> 2852 * <p> 2853 * Note that changing 2854 * {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE} from {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED} to 2855 * {@link #AGGREGATION_MODE_DEFAULT} does not trigger an aggregation pass, but any 2856 * subsequent 2857 * change to the raw contact's data will. 2858 * </p> 2859 */ 2860 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED = 2; 2861 2862 /** 2863 * <p> 2864 * Aggregation mode: never aggregate this raw contact. The raw contact will not 2865 * have a corresponding {@link Contacts} aggregate and therefore will not be included in 2866 * {@link Contacts} query results. 2867 * </p> 2868 * <p> 2869 * For example, this mode can be used for a raw contact that is marked for deletion while 2870 * waiting for the deletion to occur on the server side. 2871 * </p> 2872 * 2873 * @see #AGGREGATION_MODE_SUSPENDED 2874 */ 2875 public static final int AGGREGATION_MODE_DISABLED = 3; 2876 2877 /** 2878 * Build a {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} 2879 * style {@link Uri} for the parent {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts} 2880 * entry of the given {@link RawContacts} entry. 2881 */ 2882 public static Uri getContactLookupUri(ContentResolver resolver, Uri rawContactUri) { 2883 // TODO: use a lighter query by joining rawcontacts with contacts in provider 2884 final Uri dataUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(rawContactUri, Data.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 2885 final Cursor cursor = resolver.query(dataUri, new String[] { 2886 RawContacts.CONTACT_ID, Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY 2887 }, null, null, null); 2888 2889 Uri lookupUri = null; 2890 try { 2891 if (cursor != null && cursor.moveToFirst()) { 2892 final long contactId = cursor.getLong(0); 2893 final String lookupKey = cursor.getString(1); 2894 return Contacts.getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 2895 } 2896 } finally { 2897 if (cursor != null) cursor.close(); 2898 } 2899 return lookupUri; 2900 } 2901 2902 /** 2903 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that contains all of its 2904 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. To access this directory 2905 * append {@link Data#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. 2906 */ 2907 public static final class Data implements BaseColumns, DataColumns { 2908 /** 2909 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 2910 */ 2911 private Data() { 2912 } 2913 2914 /** 2915 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2916 */ 2917 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "data"; 2918 } 2919 2920 /** 2921 * <p> 2922 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that contains all of its 2923 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows. To access this directory append 2924 * {@link RawContacts.Entity#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. See 2925 * {@link RawContactsEntity} for a stand-alone table containing the same 2926 * data. 2927 * </p> 2928 * <p> 2929 * Entity has two ID fields: {@link #_ID} for the raw contact 2930 * and {@link #DATA_ID} for the data rows. 2931 * Entity always contains at least one row, even if there are no 2932 * actual data rows. In this case the {@link #DATA_ID} field will be 2933 * null. 2934 * </p> 2935 * <p> 2936 * Using Entity should be preferred to using two separate queries: 2937 * RawContacts followed by Data. The reason is that Entity reads all 2938 * data for a raw contact in one transaction, so there is no possibility 2939 * of the data changing between the two queries. 2940 */ 2941 public static final class Entity implements BaseColumns, DataColumns { 2942 /** 2943 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 2944 */ 2945 private Entity() { 2946 } 2947 2948 /** 2949 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2950 */ 2951 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "entity"; 2952 2953 /** 2954 * The ID of the data row. The value will be null if this raw contact has no 2955 * data rows. 2956 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 2957 */ 2958 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 2959 } 2960 2961 /** 2962 * <p> 2963 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that contains all of its 2964 * {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems} rows. To access this directory append 2965 * {@link RawContacts.StreamItems#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. See 2966 * {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems} for a stand-alone table containing the 2967 * same data. 2968 * </p> 2969 * <p> 2970 * Access to the social stream through this sub-directory requires additional permissions 2971 * beyond the read/write contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for 2972 * social stream data requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and 2973 * inserting or updating social stream items requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM 2974 * permission. 2975 * </p> 2976 * 2977 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 2978 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 2979 * 2980 * @removed 2981 */ 2982 @Deprecated 2983 public static final class StreamItems implements BaseColumns, StreamItemsColumns { 2984 /** 2985 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 2986 * 2987 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 2988 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 2989 */ 2990 @Deprecated 2991 private StreamItems() { 2992 } 2993 2994 /** 2995 * The directory twig for this sub-table 2996 * 2997 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 2998 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 2999 */ 3000 @Deprecated 3001 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "stream_items"; 3002 } 3003 3004 /** 3005 * <p> 3006 * A sub-directory of a single raw contact that represents its primary 3007 * display photo. To access this directory append 3008 * {@link RawContacts.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to the raw contact URI. 3009 * The resulting URI represents an image file, and should be interacted with 3010 * using ContentResolver.openAssetFileDescriptor. 3011 * <p> 3012 * <p> 3013 * Note that this sub-directory also supports opening the photo as an asset file 3014 * in write mode. Callers can create or replace the primary photo associated 3015 * with this raw contact by opening the asset file and writing the full-size 3016 * photo contents into it. When the file is closed, the image will be parsed, 3017 * sized down if necessary for the full-size display photo and thumbnail 3018 * dimensions, and stored. 3019 * </p> 3020 * <p> 3021 * Usage example: 3022 * <pre> 3023 * public void writeDisplayPhoto(long rawContactId, byte[] photo) { 3024 * Uri rawContactPhotoUri = Uri.withAppendedPath( 3025 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId), 3026 * RawContacts.DisplayPhoto.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3027 * try { 3028 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = 3029 * getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor(rawContactPhotoUri, "rw"); 3030 * OutputStream os = fd.createOutputStream(); 3031 * os.write(photo); 3032 * os.close(); 3033 * fd.close(); 3034 * } catch (IOException e) { 3035 * // Handle error cases. 3036 * } 3037 * } 3038 * </pre> 3039 * </p> 3040 */ 3041 public static final class DisplayPhoto { 3042 /** 3043 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 3044 */ 3045 private DisplayPhoto() { 3046 } 3047 3048 /** 3049 * The directory twig for this sub-table 3050 */ 3051 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "display_photo"; 3052 } 3053 3054 /** 3055 * TODO: javadoc 3056 * @param cursor 3057 * @return 3058 */ 3059 public static EntityIterator newEntityIterator(Cursor cursor) { 3060 return new EntityIteratorImpl(cursor); 3061 } 3062 3063 private static class EntityIteratorImpl extends CursorEntityIterator { 3064 private static final String[] DATA_KEYS = new String[]{ 3065 Data.DATA1, 3066 Data.DATA2, 3067 Data.DATA3, 3068 Data.DATA4, 3069 Data.DATA5, 3070 Data.DATA6, 3071 Data.DATA7, 3072 Data.DATA8, 3073 Data.DATA9, 3074 Data.DATA10, 3075 Data.DATA11, 3076 Data.DATA12, 3077 Data.DATA13, 3078 Data.DATA14, 3079 Data.DATA15, 3080 Data.SYNC1, 3081 Data.SYNC2, 3082 Data.SYNC3, 3083 Data.SYNC4}; 3084 3085 public EntityIteratorImpl(Cursor cursor) { 3086 super(cursor); 3087 } 3088 3089 @Override 3090 public android.content.Entity getEntityAndIncrementCursor(Cursor cursor) 3091 throws RemoteException { 3092 final int columnRawContactId = cursor.getColumnIndexOrThrow(RawContacts._ID); 3093 final long rawContactId = cursor.getLong(columnRawContactId); 3094 3095 // we expect the cursor is already at the row we need to read from 3096 ContentValues cv = new ContentValues(); 3097 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, ACCOUNT_NAME); 3098 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, ACCOUNT_TYPE); 3099 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, DATA_SET); 3100 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, _ID); 3101 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, DIRTY); 3102 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, VERSION); 3103 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SOURCE_ID); 3104 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC1); 3105 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC2); 3106 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC3); 3107 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, SYNC4); 3108 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, DELETED); 3109 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, CONTACT_ID); 3110 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, STARRED); 3111 android.content.Entity contact = new android.content.Entity(cv); 3112 3113 // read data rows until the contact id changes 3114 do { 3115 if (rawContactId != cursor.getLong(columnRawContactId)) { 3116 break; 3117 } 3118 // add the data to to the contact 3119 cv = new ContentValues(); 3120 cv.put(Data._ID, cursor.getLong(cursor.getColumnIndexOrThrow(Entity.DATA_ID))); 3121 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 3122 Data.RES_PACKAGE); 3123 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, Data.MIMETYPE); 3124 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, Data.IS_PRIMARY); 3125 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 3126 Data.IS_SUPER_PRIMARY); 3127 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, Data.DATA_VERSION); 3128 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 3129 CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership.GROUP_SOURCE_ID); 3130 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, cv, 3131 Data.DATA_VERSION); 3132 for (String key : DATA_KEYS) { 3133 final int columnIndex = cursor.getColumnIndexOrThrow(key); 3134 switch (cursor.getType(columnIndex)) { 3135 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_NULL: 3136 // don't put anything 3137 break; 3138 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_INTEGER: 3139 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_FLOAT: 3140 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_STRING: 3141 cv.put(key, cursor.getString(columnIndex)); 3142 break; 3143 case Cursor.FIELD_TYPE_BLOB: 3144 cv.put(key, cursor.getBlob(columnIndex)); 3145 break; 3146 default: 3147 throw new IllegalStateException("Invalid or unhandled data type"); 3148 } 3149 } 3150 contact.addSubValue(ContactsContract.Data.CONTENT_URI, cv); 3151 } while (cursor.moveToNext()); 3152 3153 return contact; 3154 } 3155 3156 } 3157 } 3158 3159 /** 3160 * Social status update columns. 3161 * 3162 * @see StatusUpdates 3163 * @see ContactsContract.Data 3164 */ 3165 protected interface StatusColumns { 3166 /** 3167 * Contact's latest presence level. 3168 * <P>Type: INTEGER (one of the values below)</P> 3169 */ 3170 public static final String PRESENCE = "mode"; 3171 3172 /** 3173 * @deprecated use {@link #PRESENCE} 3174 */ 3175 @Deprecated 3176 public static final String PRESENCE_STATUS = PRESENCE; 3177 3178 /** 3179 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3180 */ 3181 int OFFLINE = 0; 3182 3183 /** 3184 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3185 */ 3186 int INVISIBLE = 1; 3187 3188 /** 3189 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3190 */ 3191 int AWAY = 2; 3192 3193 /** 3194 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3195 */ 3196 int IDLE = 3; 3197 3198 /** 3199 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3200 */ 3201 int DO_NOT_DISTURB = 4; 3202 3203 /** 3204 * An allowed value of {@link #PRESENCE}. 3205 */ 3206 int AVAILABLE = 5; 3207 3208 /** 3209 * Contact latest status update. 3210 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3211 */ 3212 public static final String STATUS = "status"; 3213 3214 /** 3215 * @deprecated use {@link #STATUS} 3216 */ 3217 @Deprecated 3218 public static final String PRESENCE_CUSTOM_STATUS = STATUS; 3219 3220 /** 3221 * The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was inserted/updated. 3222 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 3223 */ 3224 public static final String STATUS_TIMESTAMP = "status_ts"; 3225 3226 /** 3227 * The package containing resources for this status: label and icon. 3228 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3229 */ 3230 public static final String STATUS_RES_PACKAGE = "status_res_package"; 3231 3232 /** 3233 * The resource ID of the label describing the source of the status update, e.g. "Google 3234 * Talk". This resource should be scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 3235 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 3236 */ 3237 public static final String STATUS_LABEL = "status_label"; 3238 3239 /** 3240 * The resource ID of the icon for the source of the status update. 3241 * This resource should be scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}. 3242 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 3243 */ 3244 public static final String STATUS_ICON = "status_icon"; 3245 3246 /** 3247 * Contact's audio/video chat capability level. 3248 * <P>Type: INTEGER (one of the values below)</P> 3249 */ 3250 public static final String CHAT_CAPABILITY = "chat_capability"; 3251 3252 /** 3253 * An allowed flag of {@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}. Indicates audio-chat capability (microphone 3254 * and speaker) 3255 */ 3256 public static final int CAPABILITY_HAS_VOICE = 1; 3257 3258 /** 3259 * An allowed flag of {@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}. Indicates that the contact's device can 3260 * display a video feed. 3261 */ 3262 public static final int CAPABILITY_HAS_VIDEO = 2; 3263 3264 /** 3265 * An allowed flag of {@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}. Indicates that the contact's device has a 3266 * camera that can be used for video chat (e.g. a front-facing camera on a phone). 3267 */ 3268 public static final int CAPABILITY_HAS_CAMERA = 4; 3269 } 3270 3271 /** 3272 * <p> 3273 * Constants for the stream_items table, which contains social stream updates from 3274 * the user's contact list. 3275 * </p> 3276 * <p> 3277 * Only a certain number of stream items will ever be stored under a given raw contact. 3278 * Users of this API can query {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_LIMIT_URI} to 3279 * determine this limit, and should restrict the number of items inserted in any given 3280 * transaction correspondingly. Insertion of more items beyond the limit will 3281 * automatically lead to deletion of the oldest items, by {@link StreamItems#TIMESTAMP}. 3282 * </p> 3283 * <p> 3284 * Access to the social stream through these URIs requires additional permissions beyond the 3285 * read/write contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for social stream data 3286 * requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and inserting or updating social 3287 * stream items requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM permission. 3288 * </p> 3289 * <h3>Account check</h3> 3290 * <p> 3291 * The content URIs to the insert, update and delete operations are required to have the account 3292 * information matching that of the owning raw contact as query parameters, namely 3293 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME}. 3294 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} isn't required. 3295 * </p> 3296 * <h3>Operations</h3> 3297 * <dl> 3298 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 3299 * <dd> 3300 * <p>Social stream updates are always associated with a raw contact. There are a couple 3301 * of ways to insert these entries. 3302 * <dl> 3303 * <dt>Via the {@link RawContacts.StreamItems#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a raw contact:</dt> 3304 * <dd> 3305 * <pre> 3306 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3307 * values.put(StreamItems.TEXT, "Breakfasted at Tiffanys"); 3308 * values.put(StreamItems.TIMESTAMP, timestamp); 3309 * values.put(StreamItems.COMMENTS, "3 people reshared this"); 3310 * Uri.Builder builder = RawContacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3311 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, rawContactId); 3312 * builder.appendEncodedPath(RawContacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3313 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3314 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3315 * Uri streamItemUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3316 * long streamItemId = ContentUris.parseId(streamItemUri); 3317 * </pre> 3318 * </dd> 3319 * <dt>Via {@link StreamItems#CONTENT_URI}:</dt> 3320 * <dd> 3321 *<pre> 3322 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3323 * values.put(StreamItems.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId); 3324 * values.put(StreamItems.TEXT, "Breakfasted at Tiffanys"); 3325 * values.put(StreamItems.TIMESTAMP, timestamp); 3326 * values.put(StreamItems.COMMENTS, "3 people reshared this"); 3327 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3328 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3329 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3330 * Uri streamItemUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3331 * long streamItemId = ContentUris.parseId(streamItemUri); 3332 *</pre> 3333 * </dd> 3334 * </dl> 3335 * </dd> 3336 * </p> 3337 * <p> 3338 * Once a {@link StreamItems} entry has been inserted, photos associated with that 3339 * social update can be inserted. For example, after one of the insertions above, 3340 * photos could be added to the stream item in one of the following ways: 3341 * <dl> 3342 * <dt>Via a URI including the stream item ID:</dt> 3343 * <dd> 3344 * <pre> 3345 * values.clear(); 3346 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3347 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3348 * getContentResolver().insert(Uri.withAppendedPath( 3349 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId), 3350 * StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY), values); 3351 * </pre> 3352 * </dd> 3353 * <dt>Via {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_PHOTO_URI}:</dt> 3354 * <dd> 3355 * <pre> 3356 * values.clear(); 3357 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.STREAM_ITEM_ID, streamItemId); 3358 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3359 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3360 * getContentResolver().insert(StreamItems.CONTENT_PHOTO_URI, values); 3361 * </pre> 3362 * <p>Note that this latter form allows the insertion of a stream item and its 3363 * photos in a single transaction, by using {@link ContentProviderOperation} with 3364 * back references to populate the stream item ID in the {@link ContentValues}. 3365 * </dd> 3366 * </dl> 3367 * </p> 3368 * </dd> 3369 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 3370 * <dd>Updates can be performed by appending the stream item ID to the 3371 * {@link StreamItems#CONTENT_URI} URI. Only social stream entries that were 3372 * created by the calling package can be updated.</dd> 3373 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 3374 * <dd>Deletes can be performed by appending the stream item ID to the 3375 * {@link StreamItems#CONTENT_URI} URI. Only social stream entries that were 3376 * created by the calling package can be deleted.</dd> 3377 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 3378 * <dl> 3379 * <dt>Finding all social stream updates for a given contact</dt> 3380 * <dd>By Contact ID: 3381 * <pre> 3382 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Uri.withAppendedPath( 3383 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, contactId), 3384 * Contacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY), 3385 * null, null, null, null); 3386 * </pre> 3387 * </dd> 3388 * <dd>By lookup key: 3389 * <pre> 3390 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Contacts.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon() 3391 * .appendPath(lookupKey) 3392 * .appendPath(Contacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY).build(), 3393 * null, null, null, null); 3394 * </pre> 3395 * </dd> 3396 * <dt>Finding all social stream updates for a given raw contact</dt> 3397 * <dd> 3398 * <pre> 3399 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Uri.withAppendedPath( 3400 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContacts.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId), 3401 * RawContacts.StreamItems.CONTENT_DIRECTORY)), 3402 * null, null, null, null); 3403 * </pre> 3404 * </dd> 3405 * <dt>Querying for a specific stream item by ID</dt> 3406 * <dd> 3407 * <pre> 3408 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(ContentUris.withAppendedId( 3409 * StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId), 3410 * null, null, null, null); 3411 * </pre> 3412 * </dd> 3413 * </dl> 3414 * 3415 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3416 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3417 * 3418 * @removed 3419 */ 3420 @Deprecated 3421 public static final class StreamItems implements BaseColumns, StreamItemsColumns { 3422 /** 3423 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 3424 * 3425 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3426 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3427 */ 3428 @Deprecated 3429 private StreamItems() { 3430 } 3431 3432 /** 3433 * The content:// style URI for this table, which handles social network stream 3434 * updates for the user's contacts. 3435 * 3436 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3437 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3438 */ 3439 @Deprecated 3440 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "stream_items"); 3441 3442 /** 3443 * <p> 3444 * A content:// style URI for the photos stored in a sub-table underneath 3445 * stream items. This is only used for inserts, and updates - queries and deletes 3446 * for photos should be performed by appending 3447 * {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} path to URIs for a 3448 * specific stream item. 3449 * </p> 3450 * <p> 3451 * When using this URI, the stream item ID for the photo(s) must be identified 3452 * in the {@link ContentValues} passed in. 3453 * </p> 3454 * 3455 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3456 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3457 */ 3458 @Deprecated 3459 public static final Uri CONTENT_PHOTO_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, "photo"); 3460 3461 /** 3462 * This URI allows the caller to query for the maximum number of stream items 3463 * that will be stored under any single raw contact. 3464 * 3465 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3466 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3467 */ 3468 @Deprecated 3469 public static final Uri CONTENT_LIMIT_URI = 3470 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "stream_items_limit"); 3471 3472 /** 3473 * The MIME type of a directory of stream items. 3474 * 3475 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3476 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3477 */ 3478 @Deprecated 3479 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/stream_item"; 3480 3481 /** 3482 * The MIME type of a single stream item. 3483 * 3484 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3485 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3486 */ 3487 @Deprecated 3488 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/stream_item"; 3489 3490 /** 3491 * Queries to {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_LIMIT_URI} will 3492 * contain this column, with the value indicating the maximum number of 3493 * stream items that will be stored under any single raw contact. 3494 * 3495 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3496 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3497 */ 3498 @Deprecated 3499 public static final String MAX_ITEMS = "max_items"; 3500 3501 /** 3502 * <p> 3503 * A sub-directory of a single stream item entry that contains all of its 3504 * photo rows. To access this 3505 * directory append {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} to 3506 * an individual stream item URI. 3507 * </p> 3508 * <p> 3509 * Access to social stream photos requires additional permissions beyond the read/write 3510 * contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for social stream photos 3511 * requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and inserting or updating 3512 * social stream photos requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM permission. 3513 * </p> 3514 * 3515 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3516 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3517 * 3518 * @removed 3519 */ 3520 @Deprecated 3521 public static final class StreamItemPhotos 3522 implements BaseColumns, StreamItemPhotosColumns { 3523 /** 3524 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 3525 * 3526 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3527 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3528 */ 3529 @Deprecated 3530 private StreamItemPhotos() { 3531 } 3532 3533 /** 3534 * The directory twig for this sub-table 3535 * 3536 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3537 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3538 */ 3539 @Deprecated 3540 public static final String CONTENT_DIRECTORY = "photo"; 3541 3542 /** 3543 * The MIME type of a directory of stream item photos. 3544 * 3545 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3546 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3547 */ 3548 @Deprecated 3549 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/stream_item_photo"; 3550 3551 /** 3552 * The MIME type of a single stream item photo. 3553 * 3554 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3555 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3556 */ 3557 @Deprecated 3558 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE 3559 = "vnd.android.cursor.item/stream_item_photo"; 3560 } 3561 } 3562 3563 /** 3564 * Columns in the StreamItems table. 3565 * 3566 * @see ContactsContract.StreamItems 3567 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3568 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3569 * 3570 * @removed 3571 */ 3572 @Deprecated 3573 protected interface StreamItemsColumns { 3574 /** 3575 * A reference to the {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} 3576 * that this stream item belongs to. 3577 * 3578 * <p>Type: INTEGER</p> 3579 * <p>read-only</p> 3580 * 3581 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3582 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3583 */ 3584 @Deprecated 3585 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 3586 3587 /** 3588 * A reference to the {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#LOOKUP_KEY} 3589 * that this stream item belongs to. 3590 * 3591 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3592 * <p>read-only</p> 3593 * 3594 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3595 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3596 */ 3597 @Deprecated 3598 public static final String CONTACT_LOOKUP_KEY = "contact_lookup"; 3599 3600 /** 3601 * A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} 3602 * that this stream item belongs to. 3603 * <p>Type: INTEGER</p> 3604 * 3605 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3606 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3607 */ 3608 @Deprecated 3609 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID = "raw_contact_id"; 3610 3611 /** 3612 * The package name to use when creating {@link Resources} objects for 3613 * this stream item. This value is only designed for use when building 3614 * user interfaces, and should not be used to infer the owner. 3615 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3616 * 3617 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3618 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3619 */ 3620 @Deprecated 3621 public static final String RES_PACKAGE = "res_package"; 3622 3623 /** 3624 * The account type to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 3625 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} 3626 * 3627 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3628 * <p>read-only</p> 3629 * 3630 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3631 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3632 */ 3633 @Deprecated 3634 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 3635 3636 /** 3637 * The account name to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 3638 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME} 3639 * 3640 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3641 * <p>read-only</p> 3642 * 3643 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3644 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3645 */ 3646 @Deprecated 3647 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 3648 3649 /** 3650 * The data set within the account that the raw_contact of this row belongs to. This allows 3651 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 3652 * each others' data. 3653 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} 3654 * 3655 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3656 * <p>read-only</p> 3657 * 3658 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3659 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3660 */ 3661 @Deprecated 3662 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 3663 3664 /** 3665 * The source_id of the raw_contact that this row belongs to. 3666 * {@link RawContacts#SOURCE_ID} 3667 * 3668 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3669 * <p>read-only</p> 3670 * 3671 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3672 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3673 */ 3674 @Deprecated 3675 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_SOURCE_ID = "raw_contact_source_id"; 3676 3677 /** 3678 * The resource name of the icon for the source of the stream item. 3679 * This resource should be scoped by the {@link #RES_PACKAGE}. As this can only reference 3680 * drawables, the "@drawable/" prefix must be omitted. 3681 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3682 * 3683 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3684 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3685 */ 3686 @Deprecated 3687 public static final String RES_ICON = "icon"; 3688 3689 /** 3690 * The resource name of the label describing the source of the status update, e.g. "Google 3691 * Talk". This resource should be scoped by the {@link #RES_PACKAGE}. As this can only 3692 * reference strings, the "@string/" prefix must be omitted. 3693 * <p>Type: TEXT</p> 3694 * 3695 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3696 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3697 */ 3698 @Deprecated 3699 public static final String RES_LABEL = "label"; 3700 3701 /** 3702 * <P> 3703 * The main textual contents of the item. Typically this is content 3704 * that was posted by the source of this stream item, but it can also 3705 * be a textual representation of an action (e.g. Checked in at Joe's). 3706 * This text is displayed to the user and allows formatting and embedded 3707 * resource images via HTML (as parseable via 3708 * {@link android.text.Html#fromHtml}). 3709 * </P> 3710 * <P> 3711 * Long content may be truncated and/or ellipsized - the exact behavior 3712 * is unspecified, but it should not break tags. 3713 * </P> 3714 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3715 * 3716 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3717 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3718 */ 3719 @Deprecated 3720 public static final String TEXT = "text"; 3721 3722 /** 3723 * The absolute time (milliseconds since epoch) when this stream item was 3724 * inserted/updated. 3725 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 3726 * 3727 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3728 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3729 */ 3730 @Deprecated 3731 public static final String TIMESTAMP = "timestamp"; 3732 3733 /** 3734 * <P> 3735 * Summary information about the stream item, for example to indicate how 3736 * many people have reshared it, how many have liked it, how many thumbs 3737 * up and/or thumbs down it has, what the original source was, etc. 3738 * </P> 3739 * <P> 3740 * This text is displayed to the user and allows simple formatting via 3741 * HTML, in the same manner as {@link #TEXT} allows. 3742 * </P> 3743 * <P> 3744 * Long content may be truncated and/or ellipsized - the exact behavior 3745 * is unspecified, but it should not break tags. 3746 * </P> 3747 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 3748 * 3749 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3750 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3751 */ 3752 @Deprecated 3753 public static final String COMMENTS = "comments"; 3754 3755 /** 3756 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3757 * 3758 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3759 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3760 */ 3761 @Deprecated 3762 public static final String SYNC1 = "stream_item_sync1"; 3763 /** 3764 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3765 * 3766 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3767 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3768 */ 3769 @Deprecated 3770 public static final String SYNC2 = "stream_item_sync2"; 3771 /** 3772 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3773 * 3774 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3775 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3776 */ 3777 @Deprecated 3778 public static final String SYNC3 = "stream_item_sync3"; 3779 /** 3780 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 3781 * 3782 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3783 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3784 */ 3785 @Deprecated 3786 public static final String SYNC4 = "stream_item_sync4"; 3787 } 3788 3789 /** 3790 * <p> 3791 * Constants for the stream_item_photos table, which contains photos associated with 3792 * social stream updates. 3793 * </p> 3794 * <p> 3795 * Access to social stream photos requires additional permissions beyond the read/write 3796 * contact permissions required by the provider. Querying for social stream photos 3797 * requires android.permission.READ_SOCIAL_STREAM permission, and inserting or updating 3798 * social stream photos requires android.permission.WRITE_SOCIAL_STREAM permission. 3799 * </p> 3800 * <h3>Account check</h3> 3801 * <p> 3802 * The content URIs to the insert, update and delete operations are required to have the account 3803 * information matching that of the owning raw contact as query parameters, namely 3804 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME}. 3805 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} isn't required. 3806 * </p> 3807 * <h3>Operations</h3> 3808 * <dl> 3809 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 3810 * <dd> 3811 * <p>Social stream photo entries are associated with a social stream item. Photos 3812 * can be inserted into a social stream item in a couple of ways: 3813 * <dl> 3814 * <dt> 3815 * Via the {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a 3816 * stream item: 3817 * </dt> 3818 * <dd> 3819 * <pre> 3820 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3821 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3822 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3823 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3824 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3825 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3826 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3827 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3828 * Uri photoUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3829 * long photoId = ContentUris.parseId(photoUri); 3830 * </pre> 3831 * </dd> 3832 * <dt>Via the {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_PHOTO_URI} URI:</dt> 3833 * <dd> 3834 * <pre> 3835 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3836 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.STREAM_ITEM_ID, streamItemId); 3837 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX, 1); 3838 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, photoData); 3839 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_PHOTO_URI.buildUpon(); 3840 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3841 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3842 * Uri photoUri = getContentResolver().insert(builder.build(), values); 3843 * long photoId = ContentUris.parseId(photoUri); 3844 * </pre> 3845 * </dd> 3846 * </dl> 3847 * </p> 3848 * </dd> 3849 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 3850 * <dd> 3851 * <p>Updates can only be made against a specific {@link StreamItemPhotos} entry, 3852 * identified by both the stream item ID it belongs to and the stream item photo ID. 3853 * This can be specified in two ways. 3854 * <dl> 3855 * <dt>Via the {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a 3856 * stream item: 3857 * </dt> 3858 * <dd> 3859 * <pre> 3860 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3861 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, newPhotoData); 3862 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3863 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3864 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3865 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemPhotoId); 3866 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3867 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3868 * getContentResolver().update(builder.build(), values, null, null); 3869 * </pre> 3870 * </dd> 3871 * <dt>Via the {@link ContactsContract.StreamItems#CONTENT_PHOTO_URI} URI:</dt> 3872 * <dd> 3873 * <pre> 3874 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 3875 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.STREAM_ITEM_ID, streamItemId); 3876 * values.put(StreamItemPhotos.PHOTO, newPhotoData); 3877 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_PHOTO_URI.buildUpon(); 3878 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3879 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3880 * getContentResolver().update(builder.build(), values); 3881 * </pre> 3882 * </dd> 3883 * </dl> 3884 * </p> 3885 * </dd> 3886 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 3887 * <dd>Deletes can be made against either a specific photo item in a stream item, or 3888 * against all or a selected subset of photo items under a stream item. 3889 * For example: 3890 * <dl> 3891 * <dt>Deleting a single photo via the 3892 * {@link StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY} sub-path of a stream item: 3893 * </dt> 3894 * <dd> 3895 * <pre> 3896 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3897 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3898 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3899 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemPhotoId); 3900 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3901 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3902 * getContentResolver().delete(builder.build(), null, null); 3903 * </pre> 3904 * </dd> 3905 * <dt>Deleting all photos under a stream item</dt> 3906 * <dd> 3907 * <pre> 3908 * Uri.Builder builder = StreamItems.CONTENT_URI.buildUpon(); 3909 * ContentUris.appendId(builder, streamItemId); 3910 * builder.appendEncodedPath(StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos.CONTENT_DIRECTORY); 3911 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_NAME, accountName); 3912 * builder.appendQueryParameter(RawContacts.ACCOUNT_TYPE, accountType); 3913 * getContentResolver().delete(builder.build(), null, null); 3914 * </pre> 3915 * </dd> 3916 * </dl> 3917 * </dd> 3918 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 3919 * <dl> 3920 * <dt>Querying for a specific photo in a stream item</dt> 3921 * <dd> 3922 * <pre> 3923 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query( 3924 * ContentUris.withAppendedId( 3925 * Uri.withAppendedPath( 3926 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId) 3927 * StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY), 3928 * streamItemPhotoId), null, null, null, null); 3929 * </pre> 3930 * </dd> 3931 * <dt>Querying for all photos in a stream item</dt> 3932 * <dd> 3933 * <pre> 3934 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query( 3935 * Uri.withAppendedPath( 3936 * ContentUris.withAppendedId(StreamItems.CONTENT_URI, streamItemId) 3937 * StreamItems.StreamItemPhotos#CONTENT_DIRECTORY), 3938 * null, null, null, StreamItemPhotos.SORT_INDEX); 3939 * </pre> 3940 * </dl> 3941 * The record will contain both a {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_FILE_ID} and a 3942 * {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_URI}. The {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_FILE_ID} 3943 * can be used in conjunction with the {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto} API to 3944 * retrieve photo content, or you can open the {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_URI} as 3945 * an asset file, as follows: 3946 * <pre> 3947 * public InputStream openDisplayPhoto(String photoUri) { 3948 * try { 3949 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor(photoUri, "r"); 3950 * return fd.createInputStream(); 3951 * } catch (IOException e) { 3952 * return null; 3953 * } 3954 * } 3955 * <pre> 3956 * </dd> 3957 * </dl> 3958 * 3959 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3960 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3961 * 3962 * @removed 3963 */ 3964 @Deprecated 3965 public static final class StreamItemPhotos implements BaseColumns, StreamItemPhotosColumns { 3966 /** 3967 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 3968 * 3969 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3970 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3971 */ 3972 @Deprecated 3973 private StreamItemPhotos() { 3974 } 3975 3976 /** 3977 * <p> 3978 * The binary representation of the photo. Any size photo can be inserted; 3979 * the provider will resize it appropriately for storage and display. 3980 * </p> 3981 * <p> 3982 * This is only intended for use when inserting or updating a stream item photo. 3983 * To retrieve the photo that was stored, open {@link StreamItemPhotos#PHOTO_URI} 3984 * as an asset file. 3985 * </p> 3986 * <P>Type: BLOB</P> 3987 * 3988 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 3989 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 3990 */ 3991 @Deprecated 3992 public static final String PHOTO = "photo"; 3993 } 3994 3995 /** 3996 * Columns in the StreamItemPhotos table. 3997 * 3998 * @see ContactsContract.StreamItemPhotos 3999 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4000 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4001 * 4002 * @removed 4003 */ 4004 @Deprecated 4005 protected interface StreamItemPhotosColumns { 4006 /** 4007 * A reference to the {@link StreamItems#_ID} this photo is associated with. 4008 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 4009 * 4010 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4011 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4012 */ 4013 @Deprecated 4014 public static final String STREAM_ITEM_ID = "stream_item_id"; 4015 4016 /** 4017 * An integer to use for sort order for photos in the stream item. If not 4018 * specified, the {@link StreamItemPhotos#_ID} will be used for sorting. 4019 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 4020 * 4021 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4022 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4023 */ 4024 @Deprecated 4025 public static final String SORT_INDEX = "sort_index"; 4026 4027 /** 4028 * Photo file ID for the photo. 4029 * See {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto}. 4030 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 4031 * 4032 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4033 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4034 */ 4035 @Deprecated 4036 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = "photo_file_id"; 4037 4038 /** 4039 * URI for retrieving the photo content, automatically populated. Callers 4040 * may retrieve the photo content by opening this URI as an asset file. 4041 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 4042 * 4043 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4044 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4045 */ 4046 @Deprecated 4047 public static final String PHOTO_URI = "photo_uri"; 4048 4049 /** 4050 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 4051 * 4052 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4053 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4054 */ 4055 @Deprecated 4056 public static final String SYNC1 = "stream_item_photo_sync1"; 4057 /** 4058 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 4059 * 4060 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4061 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4062 */ 4063 @Deprecated 4064 public static final String SYNC2 = "stream_item_photo_sync2"; 4065 /** 4066 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 4067 * 4068 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4069 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4070 */ 4071 @Deprecated 4072 public static final String SYNC3 = "stream_item_photo_sync3"; 4073 /** 4074 * Generic column for use by sync adapters. 4075 * 4076 * @deprecated - Do not use. This will not be supported in the future. In the future, 4077 * cursors returned from related queries will be empty. 4078 */ 4079 @Deprecated 4080 public static final String SYNC4 = "stream_item_photo_sync4"; 4081 } 4082 4083 /** 4084 * <p> 4085 * Constants for the photo files table, which tracks metadata for hi-res photos 4086 * stored in the file system. 4087 * </p> 4088 * 4089 * @hide 4090 */ 4091 public static final class PhotoFiles implements BaseColumns, PhotoFilesColumns { 4092 /** 4093 * No public constructor since this is a utility class 4094 */ 4095 private PhotoFiles() { 4096 } 4097 } 4098 4099 /** 4100 * Columns in the PhotoFiles table. 4101 * 4102 * @see ContactsContract.PhotoFiles 4103 * 4104 * @hide 4105 */ 4106 protected interface PhotoFilesColumns { 4107 4108 /** 4109 * The height, in pixels, of the photo this entry is associated with. 4110 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 4111 */ 4112 public static final String HEIGHT = "height"; 4113 4114 /** 4115 * The width, in pixels, of the photo this entry is associated with. 4116 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 4117 */ 4118 public static final String WIDTH = "width"; 4119 4120 /** 4121 * The size, in bytes, of the photo stored on disk. 4122 * <P>Type: NUMBER</P> 4123 */ 4124 public static final String FILESIZE = "filesize"; 4125 } 4126 4127 /** 4128 * Columns in the Data table. 4129 * 4130 * @see ContactsContract.Data 4131 */ 4132 protected interface DataColumns { 4133 /** 4134 * The package name to use when creating {@link Resources} objects for 4135 * this data row. This value is only designed for use when building user 4136 * interfaces, and should not be used to infer the owner. 4137 */ 4138 public static final String RES_PACKAGE = "res_package"; 4139 4140 /** 4141 * The MIME type of the item represented by this row. 4142 */ 4143 public static final String MIMETYPE = "mimetype"; 4144 4145 /** 4146 * Hash id on the data fields, used for backup and restore. 4147 * 4148 * @hide 4149 */ 4150 public static final String HASH_ID = "hash_id"; 4151 4152 /** 4153 * A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} 4154 * that this data belongs to. 4155 */ 4156 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID = "raw_contact_id"; 4157 4158 /** 4159 * Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the raw contact it belongs to. 4160 * <P>Type: INTEGER (if set, non-0 means true)</P> 4161 */ 4162 public static final String IS_PRIMARY = "is_primary"; 4163 4164 /** 4165 * Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the aggregate 4166 * contact it belongs to. Any data record that is "super primary" must 4167 * also be "primary". 4168 * <P>Type: INTEGER (if set, non-0 means true)</P> 4169 */ 4170 public static final String IS_SUPER_PRIMARY = "is_super_primary"; 4171 4172 /** 4173 * The "read-only" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row cannot be modified or 4174 * deleted except by a sync adapter. See {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER}. 4175 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 4176 */ 4177 public static final String IS_READ_ONLY = "is_read_only"; 4178 4179 /** 4180 * The version of this data record. This is a read-only value. The data column is 4181 * guaranteed to not change without the version going up. This value is monotonically 4182 * increasing. 4183 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 4184 */ 4185 public static final String DATA_VERSION = "data_version"; 4186 4187 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4188 public static final String DATA1 = "data1"; 4189 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4190 public static final String DATA2 = "data2"; 4191 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4192 public static final String DATA3 = "data3"; 4193 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4194 public static final String DATA4 = "data4"; 4195 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4196 public static final String DATA5 = "data5"; 4197 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4198 public static final String DATA6 = "data6"; 4199 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4200 public static final String DATA7 = "data7"; 4201 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4202 public static final String DATA8 = "data8"; 4203 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4204 public static final String DATA9 = "data9"; 4205 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4206 public static final String DATA10 = "data10"; 4207 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4208 public static final String DATA11 = "data11"; 4209 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4210 public static final String DATA12 = "data12"; 4211 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4212 public static final String DATA13 = "data13"; 4213 /** Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific */ 4214 public static final String DATA14 = "data14"; 4215 /** 4216 * Generic data column, the meaning is {@link #MIMETYPE} specific. By convention, 4217 * this field is used to store BLOBs (binary data). 4218 */ 4219 public static final String DATA15 = "data15"; 4220 4221 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4222 public static final String SYNC1 = "data_sync1"; 4223 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4224 public static final String SYNC2 = "data_sync2"; 4225 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4226 public static final String SYNC3 = "data_sync3"; 4227 /** Generic column for use by sync adapters. */ 4228 public static final String SYNC4 = "data_sync4"; 4229 4230 /** 4231 * Carrier presence information. 4232 * <P> 4233 * Type: INTEGER (A bitmask of CARRIER_PRESENCE_* fields) 4234 * </P> 4235 */ 4236 public static final String CARRIER_PRESENCE = "carrier_presence"; 4237 4238 /** 4239 * Indicates that the entry is Video Telephony (VT) capable on the 4240 * current carrier. An allowed bitmask of {@link #CARRIER_PRESENCE}. 4241 */ 4242 public static final int CARRIER_PRESENCE_VT_CAPABLE = 0x01; 4243 4244 /** 4245 * The flattened {@link android.content.ComponentName} of a {@link 4246 * android.telecom.PhoneAccountHandle} that is the preferred {@code PhoneAccountHandle} to 4247 * call the contact with. 4248 * 4249 * <p> On a multi-SIM device this field can be used in a {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone} row 4250 * to indicate the {@link PhoneAccountHandle} to call the number with, instead of using 4251 * {@link android.telecom.TelecomManager#getDefaultOutgoingPhoneAccount(String)} or asking 4252 * every time. 4253 * 4254 * <p>{@link android.telecom.TelecomManager#placeCall(Uri, android.os.Bundle)} 4255 * should be called with {@link android.telecom.TelecomManager#EXTRA_PHONE_ACCOUNT_HANDLE} 4256 * set to the {@link PhoneAccountHandle} using the {@link ComponentName} from this field. 4257 * 4258 * @see #PREFERRED_PHONE_ACCOUNT_ID 4259 * @see PhoneAccountHandle#getComponentName() 4260 * @see ComponentName#flattenToString() 4261 */ 4262 String PREFERRED_PHONE_ACCOUNT_COMPONENT_NAME = "preferred_phone_account_component_name"; 4263 4264 /** 4265 * The ID of a {@link 4266 * android.telecom.PhoneAccountHandle} that is the preferred {@code PhoneAccountHandle} to 4267 * call the contact with. Used by {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}. 4268 * 4269 * <p> On a multi-SIM device this field can be used in a {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone} row 4270 * to indicate the {@link PhoneAccountHandle} to call the number with, instead of using 4271 * {@link android.telecom.TelecomManager#getDefaultOutgoingPhoneAccount(String)} or asking 4272 * every time. 4273 * 4274 * <p>{@link android.telecom.TelecomManager#placeCall(Uri, android.os.Bundle)} 4275 * should be called with {@link android.telecom.TelecomManager#EXTRA_PHONE_ACCOUNT_HANDLE} 4276 * set to the {@link PhoneAccountHandle} using the id from this field. 4277 * 4278 * @see #PREFERRED_PHONE_ACCOUNT_COMPONENT_NAME 4279 * @see PhoneAccountHandle#getId() 4280 */ 4281 String PREFERRED_PHONE_ACCOUNT_ID = "preferred_phone_account_id"; 4282 } 4283 4284 /** 4285 * Columns in the Data_Usage_Stat table 4286 */ 4287 protected interface DataUsageStatColumns { 4288 /** The last time (in milliseconds) this {@link Data} was used. */ 4289 public static final String LAST_TIME_USED = "last_time_used"; 4290 4291 /** The number of times the referenced {@link Data} has been used. */ 4292 public static final String TIMES_USED = "times_used"; 4293 4294 /** @hide Raw value. */ 4295 public static final String RAW_LAST_TIME_USED = HIDDEN_COLUMN_PREFIX + LAST_TIME_USED; 4296 4297 /** @hide Raw value. */ 4298 public static final String RAW_TIMES_USED = HIDDEN_COLUMN_PREFIX + TIMES_USED; 4299 4300 /** 4301 * @hide 4302 * Low res version. Same as {@link #LAST_TIME_USED} but use it in CP2 for clarification. 4303 */ 4304 public static final String LR_LAST_TIME_USED = LAST_TIME_USED; 4305 4306 /** 4307 * @hide 4308 * Low res version. Same as {@link #TIMES_USED} but use it in CP2 for clarification. 4309 */ 4310 public static final String LR_TIMES_USED = TIMES_USED; 4311 } 4312 4313 /** 4314 * Combines all columns returned by {@link ContactsContract.Data} table queries. 4315 * 4316 * @see ContactsContract.Data 4317 */ 4318 protected interface DataColumnsWithJoins extends BaseColumns, DataColumns, StatusColumns, 4319 RawContactsColumns, ContactsColumns, ContactNameColumns, ContactOptionsColumns, 4320 ContactStatusColumns, DataUsageStatColumns { 4321 } 4322 4323 /** 4324 * <p> 4325 * Constants for the data table, which contains data points tied to a raw 4326 * contact. Each row of the data table is typically used to store a single 4327 * piece of contact 4328 * information (such as a phone number) and its 4329 * associated metadata (such as whether it is a work or home number). 4330 * </p> 4331 * <h3>Data kinds</h3> 4332 * <p> 4333 * Data is a generic table that can hold any kind of contact data. 4334 * The kind of data stored in a given row is specified by the row's 4335 * {@link #MIMETYPE} value, which determines the meaning of the 4336 * generic columns {@link #DATA1} through 4337 * {@link #DATA15}. 4338 * For example, if the data kind is 4339 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}, then the column 4340 * {@link #DATA1} stores the 4341 * phone number, but if the data kind is 4342 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email Email.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}, then {@link #DATA1} 4343 * stores the email address. 4344 * Sync adapters and applications can introduce their own data kinds. 4345 * </p> 4346 * <p> 4347 * ContactsContract defines a small number of pre-defined data kinds, e.g. 4348 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} etc. As a 4349 * convenience, these classes define data kind specific aliases for DATA1 etc. 4350 * For example, {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone Phone.NUMBER} is the same as 4351 * {@link ContactsContract.Data Data.DATA1}. 4352 * </p> 4353 * <p> 4354 * {@link #DATA1} is an indexed column and should be used for the data element that is 4355 * expected to be most frequently used in query selections. For example, in the 4356 * case of a row representing email addresses {@link #DATA1} should probably 4357 * be used for the email address itself, while {@link #DATA2} etc can be 4358 * used for auxiliary information like type of email address. 4359 * <p> 4360 * <p> 4361 * By convention, {@link #DATA15} is used for storing BLOBs (binary data). 4362 * </p> 4363 * <p> 4364 * The sync adapter for a given account type must correctly handle every data type 4365 * used in the corresponding raw contacts. Otherwise it could result in lost or 4366 * corrupted data. 4367 * </p> 4368 * <p> 4369 * Similarly, you should refrain from introducing new kinds of data for an other 4370 * party's account types. For example, if you add a data row for 4371 * "favorite song" to a raw contact owned by a Google account, it will not 4372 * get synced to the server, because the Google sync adapter does not know 4373 * how to handle this data kind. Thus new data kinds are typically 4374 * introduced along with new account types, i.e. new sync adapters. 4375 * </p> 4376 * <h3>Batch operations</h3> 4377 * <p> 4378 * Data rows can be inserted/updated/deleted using the traditional 4379 * {@link ContentResolver#insert}, {@link ContentResolver#update} and 4380 * {@link ContentResolver#delete} methods, however the newer mechanism based 4381 * on a batch of {@link ContentProviderOperation} will prove to be a better 4382 * choice in almost all cases. All operations in a batch are executed in a 4383 * single transaction, which ensures that the phone-side and server-side 4384 * state of a raw contact are always consistent. Also, the batch-based 4385 * approach is far more efficient: not only are the database operations 4386 * faster when executed in a single transaction, but also sending a batch of 4387 * commands to the content provider saves a lot of time on context switching 4388 * between your process and the process in which the content provider runs. 4389 * </p> 4390 * <p> 4391 * The flip side of using batched operations is that a large batch may lock 4392 * up the database for a long time preventing other applications from 4393 * accessing data and potentially causing ANRs ("Application Not Responding" 4394 * dialogs.) 4395 * </p> 4396 * <p> 4397 * To avoid such lockups of the database, make sure to insert "yield points" 4398 * in the batch. A yield point indicates to the content provider that before 4399 * executing the next operation it can commit the changes that have already 4400 * been made, yield to other requests, open another transaction and continue 4401 * processing operations. A yield point will not automatically commit the 4402 * transaction, but only if there is another request waiting on the 4403 * database. Normally a sync adapter should insert a yield point at the 4404 * beginning of each raw contact operation sequence in the batch. See 4405 * {@link ContentProviderOperation.Builder#withYieldAllowed(boolean)}. 4406 * </p> 4407 * <h3>Operations</h3> 4408 * <dl> 4409 * <dt><b>Insert</b></dt> 4410 * <dd> 4411 * <p> 4412 * An individual data row can be inserted using the traditional 4413 * {@link ContentResolver#insert(Uri, ContentValues)} method. Multiple rows 4414 * should always be inserted as a batch. 4415 * </p> 4416 * <p> 4417 * An example of a traditional insert: 4418 * <pre> 4419 * ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 4420 * values.put(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId); 4421 * values.put(Data.MIMETYPE, Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 4422 * values.put(Phone.NUMBER, "1-800-GOOG-411"); 4423 * values.put(Phone.TYPE, Phone.TYPE_CUSTOM); 4424 * values.put(Phone.LABEL, "free directory assistance"); 4425 * Uri dataUri = getContentResolver().insert(Data.CONTENT_URI, values); 4426 * </pre> 4427 * <p> 4428 * The same done using ContentProviderOperations: 4429 * <pre> 4430 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 4431 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 4432 * 4433 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 4434 * .withValue(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId) 4435 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 4436 * .withValue(Phone.NUMBER, "1-800-GOOG-411") 4437 * .withValue(Phone.TYPE, Phone.TYPE_CUSTOM) 4438 * .withValue(Phone.LABEL, "free directory assistance") 4439 * .build()); 4440 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 4441 * </pre> 4442 * </p> 4443 * <dt><b>Update</b></dt> 4444 * <dd> 4445 * <p> 4446 * Just as with insert, update can be done incrementally or as a batch, 4447 * the batch mode being the preferred method: 4448 * <pre> 4449 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 4450 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 4451 * 4452 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newUpdate(Data.CONTENT_URI) 4453 * .withSelection(Data._ID + "=?", new String[]{String.valueOf(dataId)}) 4454 * .withValue(Email.DATA, "somebody (at) android.com") 4455 * .build()); 4456 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 4457 * </pre> 4458 * </p> 4459 * </dd> 4460 * <dt><b>Delete</b></dt> 4461 * <dd> 4462 * <p> 4463 * Just as with insert and update, deletion can be done either using the 4464 * {@link ContentResolver#delete} method or using a ContentProviderOperation: 4465 * <pre> 4466 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 4467 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 4468 * 4469 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newDelete(Data.CONTENT_URI) 4470 * .withSelection(Data._ID + "=?", new String[]{String.valueOf(dataId)}) 4471 * .build()); 4472 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 4473 * </pre> 4474 * </p> 4475 * </dd> 4476 * <dt><b>Query</b></dt> 4477 * <dd> 4478 * <p> 4479 * <dl> 4480 * <dt>Finding all Data of a given type for a given contact</dt> 4481 * <dd> 4482 * <pre> 4483 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Data.CONTENT_URI, 4484 * new String[] {Data._ID, Phone.NUMBER, Phone.TYPE, Phone.LABEL}, 4485 * Data.CONTACT_ID + "=?" + " AND " 4486 * + Data.MIMETYPE + "='" + Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE + "'", 4487 * new String[] {String.valueOf(contactId)}, null); 4488 * </pre> 4489 * </p> 4490 * <p> 4491 * </dd> 4492 * <dt>Finding all Data of a given type for a given raw contact</dt> 4493 * <dd> 4494 * <pre> 4495 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(Data.CONTENT_URI, 4496 * new String[] {Data._ID, Phone.NUMBER, Phone.TYPE, Phone.LABEL}, 4497 * Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID + "=?" + " AND " 4498 * + Data.MIMETYPE + "='" + Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE + "'", 4499 * new String[] {String.valueOf(rawContactId)}, null); 4500 * </pre> 4501 * </dd> 4502 * <dt>Finding all Data for a given raw contact</dt> 4503 * <dd> 4504 * Most sync adapters will want to read all data rows for a raw contact 4505 * along with the raw contact itself. For that you should use the 4506 * {@link RawContactsEntity}. See also {@link RawContacts}. 4507 * </dd> 4508 * </dl> 4509 * </p> 4510 * </dd> 4511 * </dl> 4512 * <h2>Columns</h2> 4513 * <p> 4514 * Many columns are available via a {@link Data#CONTENT_URI} query. For best performance you 4515 * should explicitly specify a projection to only those columns that you need. 4516 * </p> 4517 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4518 * <tr> 4519 * <th colspan='4'>Data</th> 4520 * </tr> 4521 * <tr> 4522 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4523 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #_ID}</td> 4524 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4525 * <td>Row ID. Sync adapter should try to preserve row IDs during updates. In other words, 4526 * it would be a bad idea to delete and reinsert a data row. A sync adapter should 4527 * always do an update instead.</td> 4528 * </tr> 4529 * <tr> 4530 * <td>String</td> 4531 * <td>{@link #MIMETYPE}</td> 4532 * <td>read/write-once</td> 4533 * <td> 4534 * <p>The MIME type of the item represented by this row. Examples of common 4535 * MIME types are: 4536 * <ul> 4537 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredName StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4538 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Phone Phone.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4539 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Email Email.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4540 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Photo Photo.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4541 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Organization Organization.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4542 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Im Im.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4543 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Nickname Nickname.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4544 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Note Note.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4545 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredPostal StructuredPostal.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4546 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership GroupMembership.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4547 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Website Website.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4548 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Event Event.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4549 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.Relation Relation.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4550 * <li>{@link CommonDataKinds.SipAddress SipAddress.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}</li> 4551 * </ul> 4552 * </p> 4553 * </td> 4554 * </tr> 4555 * <tr> 4556 * <td>long</td> 4557 * <td>{@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID}</td> 4558 * <td>read/write-once</td> 4559 * <td>The id of the row in the {@link RawContacts} table that this data belongs to.</td> 4560 * </tr> 4561 * <tr> 4562 * <td>int</td> 4563 * <td>{@link #IS_PRIMARY}</td> 4564 * <td>read/write</td> 4565 * <td>Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the raw contact it belongs to. 4566 * "1" if true, "0" if false. 4567 * </td> 4568 * </tr> 4569 * <tr> 4570 * <td>int</td> 4571 * <td>{@link #IS_SUPER_PRIMARY}</td> 4572 * <td>read/write</td> 4573 * <td>Whether this is the primary entry of its kind for the aggregate 4574 * contact it belongs to. Any data record that is "super primary" must 4575 * also be "primary". For example, the super-primary entry may be 4576 * interpreted as the default contact value of its kind (for example, 4577 * the default phone number to use for the contact).</td> 4578 * </tr> 4579 * <tr> 4580 * <td>int</td> 4581 * <td>{@link #DATA_VERSION}</td> 4582 * <td>read-only</td> 4583 * <td>The version of this data record. Whenever the data row changes 4584 * the version goes up. This value is monotonically increasing.</td> 4585 * </tr> 4586 * <tr> 4587 * <td>Any type</td> 4588 * <td> 4589 * {@link #DATA1}<br> 4590 * {@link #DATA2}<br> 4591 * {@link #DATA3}<br> 4592 * {@link #DATA4}<br> 4593 * {@link #DATA5}<br> 4594 * {@link #DATA6}<br> 4595 * {@link #DATA7}<br> 4596 * {@link #DATA8}<br> 4597 * {@link #DATA9}<br> 4598 * {@link #DATA10}<br> 4599 * {@link #DATA11}<br> 4600 * {@link #DATA12}<br> 4601 * {@link #DATA13}<br> 4602 * {@link #DATA14}<br> 4603 * {@link #DATA15} 4604 * </td> 4605 * <td>read/write</td> 4606 * <td> 4607 * <p> 4608 * Generic data columns. The meaning of each column is determined by the 4609 * {@link #MIMETYPE}. By convention, {@link #DATA15} is used for storing 4610 * BLOBs (binary data). 4611 * </p> 4612 * <p> 4613 * Data columns whose meaning is not explicitly defined for a given MIMETYPE 4614 * should not be used. There is no guarantee that any sync adapter will 4615 * preserve them. Sync adapters themselves should not use such columns either, 4616 * but should instead use {@link #SYNC1}-{@link #SYNC4}. 4617 * </p> 4618 * </td> 4619 * </tr> 4620 * <tr> 4621 * <td>Any type</td> 4622 * <td> 4623 * {@link #SYNC1}<br> 4624 * {@link #SYNC2}<br> 4625 * {@link #SYNC3}<br> 4626 * {@link #SYNC4} 4627 * </td> 4628 * <td>read/write</td> 4629 * <td>Generic columns for use by sync adapters. For example, a Photo row 4630 * may store the image URL in SYNC1, a status (not loaded, loading, loaded, error) 4631 * in SYNC2, server-side version number in SYNC3 and error code in SYNC4.</td> 4632 * </tr> 4633 * </table> 4634 * 4635 * <p> 4636 * Some columns from the most recent associated status update are also available 4637 * through an implicit join. 4638 * </p> 4639 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4640 * <tr> 4641 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link StatusUpdates}</th> 4642 * </tr> 4643 * <tr> 4644 * <td style="width: 7em;">int</td> 4645 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #PRESENCE}</td> 4646 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4647 * <td>IM presence status linked to this data row. Compare with 4648 * {@link #CONTACT_PRESENCE}, which contains the contact's presence across 4649 * all IM rows. See {@link StatusUpdates} for individual status definitions. 4650 * The provider may choose not to store this value 4651 * in persistent storage. The expectation is that presence status will be 4652 * updated on a regular basis. 4653 * </td> 4654 * </tr> 4655 * <tr> 4656 * <td>String</td> 4657 * <td>{@link #STATUS}</td> 4658 * <td>read-only</td> 4659 * <td>Latest status update linked with this data row.</td> 4660 * </tr> 4661 * <tr> 4662 * <td>long</td> 4663 * <td>{@link #STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 4664 * <td>read-only</td> 4665 * <td>The absolute time in milliseconds when the latest status was 4666 * inserted/updated for this data row.</td> 4667 * </tr> 4668 * <tr> 4669 * <td>String</td> 4670 * <td>{@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 4671 * <td>read-only</td> 4672 * <td>The package containing resources for this status: label and icon.</td> 4673 * </tr> 4674 * <tr> 4675 * <td>long</td> 4676 * <td>{@link #STATUS_LABEL}</td> 4677 * <td>read-only</td> 4678 * <td>The resource ID of the label describing the source of status update linked 4679 * to this data row. This resource is scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 4680 * </tr> 4681 * <tr> 4682 * <td>long</td> 4683 * <td>{@link #STATUS_ICON}</td> 4684 * <td>read-only</td> 4685 * <td>The resource ID of the icon for the source of the status update linked 4686 * to this data row. This resource is scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 4687 * </tr> 4688 * </table> 4689 * 4690 * <p> 4691 * Some columns from the associated raw contact are also available through an 4692 * implicit join. The other columns are excluded as uninteresting in this 4693 * context. 4694 * </p> 4695 * 4696 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4697 * <tr> 4698 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts}</th> 4699 * </tr> 4700 * <tr> 4701 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4702 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 4703 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4704 * <td>The id of the row in the {@link Contacts} table that this data belongs 4705 * to.</td> 4706 * </tr> 4707 * <tr> 4708 * <td>int</td> 4709 * <td>{@link #AGGREGATION_MODE}</td> 4710 * <td>read-only</td> 4711 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4712 * </tr> 4713 * <tr> 4714 * <td>int</td> 4715 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 4716 * <td>read-only</td> 4717 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4718 * </tr> 4719 * </table> 4720 * 4721 * <p> 4722 * The ID column for the associated aggregated contact table 4723 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts} is available 4724 * via the implicit join to the {@link RawContacts} table, see above. 4725 * The remaining columns from this table are also 4726 * available, through an implicit join. This 4727 * facilitates lookup by 4728 * the value of a single data element, such as the email address. 4729 * </p> 4730 * 4731 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4732 * <tr> 4733 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</th> 4734 * </tr> 4735 * <tr> 4736 * <td style="width: 7em;">String</td> 4737 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #LOOKUP_KEY}</td> 4738 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4739 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 4740 * </tr> 4741 * <tr> 4742 * <td>String</td> 4743 * <td>{@link #DISPLAY_NAME}</td> 4744 * <td>read-only</td> 4745 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 4746 * </tr> 4747 * <tr> 4748 * <td>long</td> 4749 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_ID}</td> 4750 * <td>read-only</td> 4751 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4752 * </tr> 4753 * <tr> 4754 * <td>int</td> 4755 * <td>{@link #IN_VISIBLE_GROUP}</td> 4756 * <td>read-only</td> 4757 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4758 * </tr> 4759 * <tr> 4760 * <td>int</td> 4761 * <td>{@link #HAS_PHONE_NUMBER}</td> 4762 * <td>read-only</td> 4763 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4764 * </tr> 4765 * <tr> 4766 * <td>int</td> 4767 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 4768 * <td>read-only</td> 4769 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4770 * </tr> 4771 * <tr> 4772 * <td>long</td> 4773 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 4774 * <td>read-only</td> 4775 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4776 * </tr> 4777 * <tr> 4778 * <td>int</td> 4779 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 4780 * <td>read-only</td> 4781 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4782 * </tr> 4783 * <tr> 4784 * <td>String</td> 4785 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 4786 * <td>read-only</td> 4787 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4788 * </tr> 4789 * <tr> 4790 * <td>int</td> 4791 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 4792 * <td>read-only</td> 4793 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4794 * </tr> 4795 * <tr> 4796 * <td>int</td> 4797 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_PRESENCE}</td> 4798 * <td>read-only</td> 4799 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4800 * </tr> 4801 * <tr> 4802 * <td>String</td> 4803 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS}</td> 4804 * <td>read-only</td> 4805 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4806 * </tr> 4807 * <tr> 4808 * <td>long</td> 4809 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 4810 * <td>read-only</td> 4811 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4812 * </tr> 4813 * <tr> 4814 * <td>String</td> 4815 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 4816 * <td>read-only</td> 4817 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4818 * </tr> 4819 * <tr> 4820 * <td>long</td> 4821 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_LABEL}</td> 4822 * <td>read-only</td> 4823 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4824 * </tr> 4825 * <tr> 4826 * <td>long</td> 4827 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_STATUS_ICON}</td> 4828 * <td>read-only</td> 4829 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 4830 * </tr> 4831 * </table> 4832 */ 4833 public final static class Data implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 4834 /** 4835 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 4836 */ 4837 private Data() {} 4838 4839 /** 4840 * The content:// style URI for this table, which requests a directory 4841 * of data rows matching the selection criteria. 4842 */ 4843 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "data"); 4844 4845 /** 4846 * The content:// style URI for this table in managed profile, which requests a directory 4847 * of data rows matching the selection criteria. 4848 * 4849 * @hide 4850 */ 4851 static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 4852 "data_enterprise"); 4853 4854 /** 4855 * A boolean parameter for {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}. 4856 * This specifies whether or not the returned data items should be filtered to show 4857 * data items belonging to visible contacts only. 4858 */ 4859 public static final String VISIBLE_CONTACTS_ONLY = "visible_contacts_only"; 4860 4861 /** 4862 * The MIME type of the results from {@link #CONTENT_URI}. 4863 */ 4864 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/data"; 4865 4866 /** 4867 * <p> 4868 * Build a {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} 4869 * style {@link Uri} for the parent {@link android.provider.ContactsContract.Contacts} 4870 * entry of the given {@link ContactsContract.Data} entry. 4871 * </p> 4872 * <p> 4873 * Returns the Uri for the contact in the first entry returned by 4874 * {@link ContentResolver#query(Uri, String[], String, String[], String)} 4875 * for the provided {@code dataUri}. If the query returns null or empty 4876 * results, silently returns null. 4877 * </p> 4878 */ 4879 public static Uri getContactLookupUri(ContentResolver resolver, Uri dataUri) { 4880 final Cursor cursor = resolver.query(dataUri, new String[] { 4881 RawContacts.CONTACT_ID, Contacts.LOOKUP_KEY 4882 }, null, null, null); 4883 4884 Uri lookupUri = null; 4885 try { 4886 if (cursor != null && cursor.moveToFirst()) { 4887 final long contactId = cursor.getLong(0); 4888 final String lookupKey = cursor.getString(1); 4889 return Contacts.getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 4890 } 4891 } finally { 4892 if (cursor != null) cursor.close(); 4893 } 4894 return lookupUri; 4895 } 4896 } 4897 4898 /** 4899 * <p> 4900 * Constants for the raw contacts entities table, which can be thought of as 4901 * an outer join of the raw_contacts table with the data table. It is a strictly 4902 * read-only table. 4903 * </p> 4904 * <p> 4905 * If a raw contact has data rows, the RawContactsEntity cursor will contain 4906 * a one row for each data row. If the raw contact has no data rows, the 4907 * cursor will still contain one row with the raw contact-level information 4908 * and nulls for data columns. 4909 * 4910 * <pre> 4911 * Uri entityUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(RawContactsEntity.CONTENT_URI, rawContactId); 4912 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(entityUri, 4913 * new String[]{ 4914 * RawContactsEntity.SOURCE_ID, 4915 * RawContactsEntity.DATA_ID, 4916 * RawContactsEntity.MIMETYPE, 4917 * RawContactsEntity.DATA1 4918 * }, null, null, null); 4919 * try { 4920 * while (c.moveToNext()) { 4921 * String sourceId = c.getString(0); 4922 * if (!c.isNull(1)) { 4923 * String mimeType = c.getString(2); 4924 * String data = c.getString(3); 4925 * ... 4926 * } 4927 * } 4928 * } finally { 4929 * c.close(); 4930 * } 4931 * </pre> 4932 * 4933 * <h3>Columns</h3> 4934 * RawContactsEntity has a combination of RawContact and Data columns. 4935 * 4936 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4937 * <tr> 4938 * <th colspan='4'>RawContacts</th> 4939 * </tr> 4940 * <tr> 4941 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4942 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #_ID}</td> 4943 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4944 * <td>Raw contact row ID. See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4945 * </tr> 4946 * <tr> 4947 * <td>long</td> 4948 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 4949 * <td>read-only</td> 4950 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4951 * </tr> 4952 * <tr> 4953 * <td>int</td> 4954 * <td>{@link #AGGREGATION_MODE}</td> 4955 * <td>read-only</td> 4956 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4957 * </tr> 4958 * <tr> 4959 * <td>int</td> 4960 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 4961 * <td>read-only</td> 4962 * <td>See {@link RawContacts}.</td> 4963 * </tr> 4964 * </table> 4965 * 4966 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 4967 * <tr> 4968 * <th colspan='4'>Data</th> 4969 * </tr> 4970 * <tr> 4971 * <td style="width: 7em;">long</td> 4972 * <td style="width: 20em;">{@link #DATA_ID}</td> 4973 * <td style="width: 5em;">read-only</td> 4974 * <td>Data row ID. It will be null if the raw contact has no data rows.</td> 4975 * </tr> 4976 * <tr> 4977 * <td>String</td> 4978 * <td>{@link #MIMETYPE}</td> 4979 * <td>read-only</td> 4980 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4981 * </tr> 4982 * <tr> 4983 * <td>int</td> 4984 * <td>{@link #IS_PRIMARY}</td> 4985 * <td>read-only</td> 4986 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4987 * </tr> 4988 * <tr> 4989 * <td>int</td> 4990 * <td>{@link #IS_SUPER_PRIMARY}</td> 4991 * <td>read-only</td> 4992 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4993 * </tr> 4994 * <tr> 4995 * <td>int</td> 4996 * <td>{@link #DATA_VERSION}</td> 4997 * <td>read-only</td> 4998 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 4999 * </tr> 5000 * <tr> 5001 * <td>Any type</td> 5002 * <td> 5003 * {@link #DATA1}<br> 5004 * {@link #DATA2}<br> 5005 * {@link #DATA3}<br> 5006 * {@link #DATA4}<br> 5007 * {@link #DATA5}<br> 5008 * {@link #DATA6}<br> 5009 * {@link #DATA7}<br> 5010 * {@link #DATA8}<br> 5011 * {@link #DATA9}<br> 5012 * {@link #DATA10}<br> 5013 * {@link #DATA11}<br> 5014 * {@link #DATA12}<br> 5015 * {@link #DATA13}<br> 5016 * {@link #DATA14}<br> 5017 * {@link #DATA15} 5018 * </td> 5019 * <td>read-only</td> 5020 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 5021 * </tr> 5022 * <tr> 5023 * <td>Any type</td> 5024 * <td> 5025 * {@link #SYNC1}<br> 5026 * {@link #SYNC2}<br> 5027 * {@link #SYNC3}<br> 5028 * {@link #SYNC4} 5029 * </td> 5030 * <td>read-only</td> 5031 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Data}.</td> 5032 * </tr> 5033 * </table> 5034 */ 5035 public final static class RawContactsEntity 5036 implements BaseColumns, DataColumns, RawContactsColumns { 5037 /** 5038 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5039 */ 5040 private RawContactsEntity() {} 5041 5042 /** 5043 * The content:// style URI for this table 5044 */ 5045 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 5046 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "raw_contact_entities"); 5047 5048 /** 5049 * The content:// style URI for this table in corp profile 5050 * 5051 * @hide 5052 */ 5053 public static final Uri CORP_CONTENT_URI = 5054 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "raw_contact_entities_corp"); 5055 5056 /** 5057 * The content:// style URI for this table, specific to the user's profile. 5058 */ 5059 public static final Uri PROFILE_CONTENT_URI = 5060 Uri.withAppendedPath(Profile.CONTENT_URI, "raw_contact_entities"); 5061 5062 /** 5063 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of raw contact entities. 5064 */ 5065 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/raw_contact_entity"; 5066 5067 /** 5068 * If {@link #FOR_EXPORT_ONLY} is explicitly set to "1", returned Cursor toward 5069 * Data.CONTENT_URI contains only exportable data. 5070 * 5071 * This flag is useful (currently) only for vCard exporter in Contacts app, which 5072 * needs to exclude "un-exportable" data from available data to export, while 5073 * Contacts app itself has priviledge to access all data including "un-expotable" 5074 * ones and providers return all of them regardless of the callers' intention. 5075 * <P>Type: INTEGER</p> 5076 * 5077 * @hide Maybe available only in Eclair and not really ready for public use. 5078 * TODO: remove, or implement this feature completely. As of now (Eclair), 5079 * we only use this flag in queryEntities(), not query(). 5080 */ 5081 public static final String FOR_EXPORT_ONLY = "for_export_only"; 5082 5083 /** 5084 * The ID of the data column. The value will be null if this raw contact has no data rows. 5085 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5086 */ 5087 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 5088 } 5089 5090 /** 5091 * @see PhoneLookup 5092 */ 5093 protected interface PhoneLookupColumns { 5094 /** 5095 * The ID of the data row. 5096 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5097 */ 5098 public static final String DATA_ID = "data_id"; 5099 /** 5100 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#_ID} that this 5101 * data belongs to. 5102 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5103 */ 5104 public static final String CONTACT_ID = "contact_id"; 5105 /** 5106 * The phone number as the user entered it. 5107 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5108 */ 5109 public static final String NUMBER = "number"; 5110 5111 /** 5112 * The type of phone number, for example Home or Work. 5113 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5114 */ 5115 public static final String TYPE = "type"; 5116 5117 /** 5118 * The user defined label for the phone number. 5119 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5120 */ 5121 public static final String LABEL = "label"; 5122 5123 /** 5124 * The phone number's E164 representation. 5125 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5126 */ 5127 public static final String NORMALIZED_NUMBER = "normalized_number"; 5128 } 5129 5130 /** 5131 * A table that represents the result of looking up a phone number, for 5132 * example for caller ID. To perform a lookup you must append the number you 5133 * want to find to {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. This query is highly 5134 * optimized. 5135 * <pre> 5136 * Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(PhoneLookup.CONTENT_FILTER_URI, Uri.encode(phoneNumber)); 5137 * resolver.query(uri, new String[]{PhoneLookup.DISPLAY_NAME,... 5138 * </pre> 5139 * 5140 * <h3>Columns</h3> 5141 * 5142 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5143 * <tr> 5144 * <th colspan='4'>PhoneLookup</th> 5145 * </tr> 5146 * <tr> 5147 * <td>String</td> 5148 * <td>{@link #NUMBER}</td> 5149 * <td>read-only</td> 5150 * <td>Phone number.</td> 5151 * </tr> 5152 * <tr> 5153 * <td>String</td> 5154 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 5155 * <td>read-only</td> 5156 * <td>Phone number type. See {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}.</td> 5157 * </tr> 5158 * <tr> 5159 * <td>String</td> 5160 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 5161 * <td>read-only</td> 5162 * <td>Custom label for the phone number. See {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}.</td> 5163 * </tr> 5164 * </table> 5165 * <p> 5166 * Columns from the Contacts table are also available through a join. 5167 * </p> 5168 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5169 * <tr> 5170 * <th colspan='4'>Join with {@link Contacts}</th> 5171 * </tr> 5172 * <tr> 5173 * <td>long</td> 5174 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 5175 * <td>read-only</td> 5176 * <td>Contact ID.</td> 5177 * </tr> 5178 * <tr> 5179 * <td>long</td> 5180 * <td>{@link #CONTACT_ID}</td> 5181 * <td>read-only</td> 5182 * <td>Contact ID.</td> 5183 * </tr> 5184 * <tr> 5185 * <td>long</td> 5186 * <td>{@link #DATA_ID}</td> 5187 * <td>read-only</td> 5188 * <td>Data ID.</td> 5189 * </tr> 5190 * <tr> 5191 * <td>String</td> 5192 * <td>{@link #LOOKUP_KEY}</td> 5193 * <td>read-only</td> 5194 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 5195 * </tr> 5196 * <tr> 5197 * <td>String</td> 5198 * <td>{@link #DISPLAY_NAME}</td> 5199 * <td>read-only</td> 5200 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}</td> 5201 * </tr> 5202 * <tr> 5203 * <td>long</td> 5204 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_ID}</td> 5205 * <td>read-only</td> 5206 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5207 * </tr> 5208 * <tr> 5209 * <td>int</td> 5210 * <td>{@link #IN_VISIBLE_GROUP}</td> 5211 * <td>read-only</td> 5212 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5213 * </tr> 5214 * <tr> 5215 * <td>int</td> 5216 * <td>{@link #HAS_PHONE_NUMBER}</td> 5217 * <td>read-only</td> 5218 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5219 * </tr> 5220 * <tr> 5221 * <td>int</td> 5222 * <td>{@link #TIMES_CONTACTED}</td> 5223 * <td>read-only</td> 5224 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5225 * </tr> 5226 * <tr> 5227 * <td>long</td> 5228 * <td>{@link #LAST_TIME_CONTACTED}</td> 5229 * <td>read-only</td> 5230 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5231 * </tr> 5232 * <tr> 5233 * <td>int</td> 5234 * <td>{@link #STARRED}</td> 5235 * <td>read-only</td> 5236 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5237 * </tr> 5238 * <tr> 5239 * <td>String</td> 5240 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_RINGTONE}</td> 5241 * <td>read-only</td> 5242 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5243 * </tr> 5244 * <tr> 5245 * <td>int</td> 5246 * <td>{@link #SEND_TO_VOICEMAIL}</td> 5247 * <td>read-only</td> 5248 * <td>See {@link ContactsContract.Contacts}.</td> 5249 * </tr> 5250 * </table> 5251 */ 5252 public static final class PhoneLookup implements BaseColumns, PhoneLookupColumns, 5253 ContactsColumns, ContactOptionsColumns, ContactNameColumns { 5254 /** 5255 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5256 */ 5257 private PhoneLookup() {} 5258 5259 /** 5260 * The content:// style URI for this table. Append the phone number you want to lookup 5261 * to this URI and query it to perform a lookup. For example: 5262 * <pre> 5263 * Uri lookupUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(PhoneLookup.CONTENT_FILTER_URI, 5264 * Uri.encode(phoneNumber)); 5265 * </pre> 5266 */ 5267 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 5268 "phone_lookup"); 5269 5270 /** 5271 * <p>URI used for the "enterprise caller-id".</p> 5272 * 5273 * <p> 5274 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} and returns the same 5275 * columns. If the device has no corp profile that is linked to the current profile, it 5276 * behaves in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. If there is a corp profile 5277 * linked to the current profile, it first queries against the personal contact database, 5278 * and if no matching contacts are found there, then queries against the 5279 * corp contacts database. 5280 * </p> 5281 * <p> 5282 * If a result is from the corp profile, it makes the following changes to the data: 5283 * <ul> 5284 * <li> 5285 * {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI} and {@link #PHOTO_URI} will be rewritten to special 5286 * URIs. Use {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor} or its siblings to 5287 * load pictures from them. 5288 * {@link #PHOTO_ID} and {@link #PHOTO_FILE_ID} will be set to null. Do not use them. 5289 * </li> 5290 * <li> 5291 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #_ID}s. In order to tell whether a contact 5292 * is from the corp profile, use 5293 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#isEnterpriseContactId(long)}. 5294 * </li> 5295 * <li> 5296 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}s too. 5297 * </li> 5298 * <li> 5299 * Returned work contact IDs and lookup keys are not accepted in places that not 5300 * explicitly say to accept them. 5301 * </li> 5302 * </ul> 5303 * <p> 5304 * A contact lookup URL built by 5305 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#getLookupUri(long, String)} 5306 * with an {@link #_ID} and a {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} returned by this API can be passed to 5307 * {@link ContactsContract.QuickContact#showQuickContact} even if a contact is from the 5308 * corp profile. 5309 * </p> 5310 * 5311 * <pre> 5312 * Uri lookupUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(PhoneLookup.ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI, 5313 * Uri.encode(phoneNumber)); 5314 * </pre> 5315 */ 5316 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 5317 "phone_lookup_enterprise"); 5318 5319 /** 5320 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} providing a directory of phone lookup rows. 5321 * 5322 * @hide 5323 */ 5324 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/phone_lookup"; 5325 5326 /** 5327 * If this boolean parameter is set to true, then the appended query is treated as a 5328 * SIP address and the lookup will be performed against SIP addresses in the user's 5329 * contacts. 5330 */ 5331 public static final String QUERY_PARAMETER_SIP_ADDRESS = "sip"; 5332 } 5333 5334 /** 5335 * Additional data mixed in with {@link StatusColumns} to link 5336 * back to specific {@link ContactsContract.Data#_ID} entries. 5337 * 5338 * @see StatusUpdates 5339 */ 5340 protected interface PresenceColumns { 5341 5342 /** 5343 * Reference to the {@link Data#_ID} entry that owns this presence. 5344 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5345 */ 5346 public static final String DATA_ID = "presence_data_id"; 5347 5348 /** 5349 * See {@link CommonDataKinds.Im} for a list of defined protocol constants. 5350 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 5351 */ 5352 public static final String PROTOCOL = "protocol"; 5353 5354 /** 5355 * Name of the custom protocol. Should be supplied along with the {@link #PROTOCOL} value 5356 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. Should be null or 5357 * omitted if {@link #PROTOCOL} value is not 5358 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. 5359 * 5360 * <p>Type: NUMBER</p> 5361 */ 5362 public static final String CUSTOM_PROTOCOL = "custom_protocol"; 5363 5364 /** 5365 * The IM handle the presence item is for. The handle is scoped to 5366 * {@link #PROTOCOL}. 5367 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5368 */ 5369 public static final String IM_HANDLE = "im_handle"; 5370 5371 /** 5372 * The IM account for the local user that the presence data came from. 5373 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5374 */ 5375 public static final String IM_ACCOUNT = "im_account"; 5376 } 5377 5378 /** 5379 * <p> 5380 * A status update is linked to a {@link ContactsContract.Data} row and captures 5381 * the user's latest status update via the corresponding source, e.g. 5382 * "Having lunch" via "Google Talk". 5383 * </p> 5384 * <p> 5385 * There are two ways a status update can be inserted: by explicitly linking 5386 * it to a Data row using {@link #DATA_ID} or indirectly linking it to a data row 5387 * using a combination of {@link #PROTOCOL} (or {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}) and 5388 * {@link #IM_HANDLE}. There is no difference between insert and update, you can use 5389 * either. 5390 * </p> 5391 * <p> 5392 * Inserting or updating a status update for the user's profile requires either using 5393 * the {@link #DATA_ID} to identify the data row to attach the update to, or 5394 * {@link StatusUpdates#PROFILE_CONTENT_URI} to ensure that the change is scoped to the 5395 * profile. 5396 * </p> 5397 * <p> 5398 * You cannot use {@link ContentResolver#update} to change a status, but 5399 * {@link ContentResolver#insert} will replace the latests status if it already 5400 * exists. 5401 * </p> 5402 * <p> 5403 * Use {@link ContentResolver#bulkInsert(Uri, ContentValues[])} to insert/update statuses 5404 * for multiple contacts at once. 5405 * </p> 5406 * 5407 * <h3>Columns</h3> 5408 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5409 * <tr> 5410 * <th colspan='4'>StatusUpdates</th> 5411 * </tr> 5412 * <tr> 5413 * <td>long</td> 5414 * <td>{@link #DATA_ID}</td> 5415 * <td>read/write</td> 5416 * <td>Reference to the {@link Data#_ID} entry that owns this presence. If this 5417 * field is <i>not</i> specified, the provider will attempt to find a data row 5418 * that matches the {@link #PROTOCOL} (or {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}) and 5419 * {@link #IM_HANDLE} columns. 5420 * </td> 5421 * </tr> 5422 * <tr> 5423 * <td>long</td> 5424 * <td>{@link #PROTOCOL}</td> 5425 * <td>read/write</td> 5426 * <td>See {@link CommonDataKinds.Im} for a list of defined protocol constants.</td> 5427 * </tr> 5428 * <tr> 5429 * <td>String</td> 5430 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}</td> 5431 * <td>read/write</td> 5432 * <td>Name of the custom protocol. Should be supplied along with the {@link #PROTOCOL} value 5433 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. Should be null or 5434 * omitted if {@link #PROTOCOL} value is not 5435 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Im#PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}.</td> 5436 * </tr> 5437 * <tr> 5438 * <td>String</td> 5439 * <td>{@link #IM_HANDLE}</td> 5440 * <td>read/write</td> 5441 * <td> The IM handle the presence item is for. The handle is scoped to 5442 * {@link #PROTOCOL}.</td> 5443 * </tr> 5444 * <tr> 5445 * <td>String</td> 5446 * <td>{@link #IM_ACCOUNT}</td> 5447 * <td>read/write</td> 5448 * <td>The IM account for the local user that the presence data came from.</td> 5449 * </tr> 5450 * <tr> 5451 * <td>int</td> 5452 * <td>{@link #PRESENCE}</td> 5453 * <td>read/write</td> 5454 * <td>Contact IM presence status. The allowed values are: 5455 * <p> 5456 * <ul> 5457 * <li>{@link #OFFLINE}</li> 5458 * <li>{@link #INVISIBLE}</li> 5459 * <li>{@link #AWAY}</li> 5460 * <li>{@link #IDLE}</li> 5461 * <li>{@link #DO_NOT_DISTURB}</li> 5462 * <li>{@link #AVAILABLE}</li> 5463 * </ul> 5464 * </p> 5465 * <p> 5466 * Since presence status is inherently volatile, the content provider 5467 * may choose not to store this field in long-term storage. 5468 * </p> 5469 * </td> 5470 * </tr> 5471 * <tr> 5472 * <td>int</td> 5473 * <td>{@link #CHAT_CAPABILITY}</td> 5474 * <td>read/write</td> 5475 * <td>Contact IM chat compatibility value. The allowed values combinations of the following 5476 * flags. If None of these flags is set, the device can only do text messaging. 5477 * <p> 5478 * <ul> 5479 * <li>{@link #CAPABILITY_HAS_VIDEO}</li> 5480 * <li>{@link #CAPABILITY_HAS_VOICE}</li> 5481 * <li>{@link #CAPABILITY_HAS_CAMERA}</li> 5482 * </ul> 5483 * </p> 5484 * <p> 5485 * Since chat compatibility is inherently volatile as the contact's availability moves from 5486 * one device to another, the content provider may choose not to store this field in long-term 5487 * storage. 5488 * </p> 5489 * </td> 5490 * </tr> 5491 * <tr> 5492 * <td>String</td> 5493 * <td>{@link #STATUS}</td> 5494 * <td>read/write</td> 5495 * <td>Contact's latest status update, e.g. "having toast for breakfast"</td> 5496 * </tr> 5497 * <tr> 5498 * <td>long</td> 5499 * <td>{@link #STATUS_TIMESTAMP}</td> 5500 * <td>read/write</td> 5501 * <td>The absolute time in milliseconds when the status was 5502 * entered by the user. If this value is not provided, the provider will follow 5503 * this logic: if there was no prior status update, the value will be left as null. 5504 * If there was a prior status update, the provider will default this field 5505 * to the current time.</td> 5506 * </tr> 5507 * <tr> 5508 * <td>String</td> 5509 * <td>{@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}</td> 5510 * <td>read/write</td> 5511 * <td> The package containing resources for this status: label and icon.</td> 5512 * </tr> 5513 * <tr> 5514 * <td>long</td> 5515 * <td>{@link #STATUS_LABEL}</td> 5516 * <td>read/write</td> 5517 * <td>The resource ID of the label describing the source of contact status, 5518 * e.g. "Google Talk". This resource is scoped by the 5519 * {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 5520 * </tr> 5521 * <tr> 5522 * <td>long</td> 5523 * <td>{@link #STATUS_ICON}</td> 5524 * <td>read/write</td> 5525 * <td>The resource ID of the icon for the source of contact status. This 5526 * resource is scoped by the {@link #STATUS_RES_PACKAGE}.</td> 5527 * </tr> 5528 * </table> 5529 */ 5530 public static class StatusUpdates implements StatusColumns, PresenceColumns { 5531 5532 /** 5533 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5534 */ 5535 private StatusUpdates() {} 5536 5537 /** 5538 * The content:// style URI for this table 5539 */ 5540 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "status_updates"); 5541 5542 /** 5543 * The content:// style URI for this table, specific to the user's profile. 5544 */ 5545 public static final Uri PROFILE_CONTENT_URI = 5546 Uri.withAppendedPath(Profile.CONTENT_URI, "status_updates"); 5547 5548 /** 5549 * Gets the resource ID for the proper presence icon. 5550 * 5551 * @param status the status to get the icon for 5552 * @return the resource ID for the proper presence icon 5553 */ 5554 public static final int getPresenceIconResourceId(int status) { 5555 switch (status) { 5556 case AVAILABLE: 5557 return android.R.drawable.presence_online; 5558 case IDLE: 5559 case AWAY: 5560 return android.R.drawable.presence_away; 5561 case DO_NOT_DISTURB: 5562 return android.R.drawable.presence_busy; 5563 case INVISIBLE: 5564 return android.R.drawable.presence_invisible; 5565 case OFFLINE: 5566 default: 5567 return android.R.drawable.presence_offline; 5568 } 5569 } 5570 5571 /** 5572 * Returns the precedence of the status code the higher number being the higher precedence. 5573 * 5574 * @param status The status code. 5575 * @return An integer representing the precedence, 0 being the lowest. 5576 */ 5577 public static final int getPresencePrecedence(int status) { 5578 // Keep this function here incase we want to enforce a different precedence than the 5579 // natural order of the status constants. 5580 return status; 5581 } 5582 5583 /** 5584 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 5585 * status update details. 5586 */ 5587 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/status-update"; 5588 5589 /** 5590 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single 5591 * status update detail. 5592 */ 5593 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/status-update"; 5594 } 5595 5596 /** 5597 * @deprecated This old name was never meant to be made public. Do not use. 5598 */ 5599 @Deprecated 5600 public static final class Presence extends StatusUpdates { 5601 5602 } 5603 5604 /** 5605 * Additional column returned by 5606 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI Contacts.CONTENT_FILTER_URI} explaining 5607 * why the filter matched the contact. This column will contain extracts from the contact's 5608 * constituent {@link Data Data} items, formatted in a way that indicates the section of the 5609 * snippet that matched the filter. 5610 * 5611 * <p> 5612 * The following example searches for all contacts that match the query "presi" and requests 5613 * the snippet column as well. 5614 * <pre> 5615 * Builder builder = Contacts.CONTENT_FILTER_URI.buildUpon(); 5616 * builder.appendPath("presi"); 5617 * // Defer snippeting to the client side if possible, for performance reasons. 5618 * builder.appendQueryParameter(SearchSnippets.DEFERRED_SNIPPETING_KEY,"1"); 5619 * 5620 * Cursor cursor = getContentResolver().query(builder.build()); 5621 * 5622 * Bundle extras = cursor.getExtras(); 5623 * if (extras.getBoolean(ContactsContract.DEFERRED_SNIPPETING)) { 5624 * // Do our own snippet formatting. 5625 * // For a contact with the email address (president (at) organization.com), the snippet 5626 * // column will contain the string "president (at) organization.com". 5627 * } else { 5628 * // The snippet has already been pre-formatted, we can display it as is. 5629 * // For a contact with the email address (president (at) organization.com), the snippet 5630 * // column will contain the string "[presi]dent (at) organization.com". 5631 * } 5632 * </pre> 5633 * </p> 5634 */ 5635 public static class SearchSnippets { 5636 5637 /** 5638 * The search snippet constructed by SQLite snippeting functionality. 5639 * <p> 5640 * The snippet may contain (parts of) several data elements belonging to the contact, 5641 * with the matching parts optionally surrounded by special characters that indicate the 5642 * start and end of matching text. 5643 * 5644 * For example, if a contact has an address "123 Main Street", using a filter "mai" would 5645 * return the formatted snippet "123 [Mai]n street". 5646 * 5647 * @see <a href="http://www.sqlite.org/fts3.html#snippet"> 5648 * http://www.sqlite.org/fts3.html#snippet</a> 5649 */ 5650 public static final String SNIPPET = "snippet"; 5651 5652 /** 5653 * Comma-separated parameters for the generation of the snippet: 5654 * <ul> 5655 * <li>The "start match" text. Default is '['</li> 5656 * <li>The "end match" text. Default is ']'</li> 5657 * <li>The "ellipsis" text. Default is "..."</li> 5658 * <li>Maximum number of tokens to include in the snippet. Can be either 5659 * a positive or a negative number: A positive number indicates how many 5660 * tokens can be returned in total. A negative number indicates how many 5661 * tokens can be returned per occurrence of the search terms.</li> 5662 * </ul> 5663 * 5664 * @hide 5665 */ 5666 public static final String SNIPPET_ARGS_PARAM_KEY = "snippet_args"; 5667 5668 /** 5669 * The key to ask the provider to defer the formatting of the snippet to the client if 5670 * possible, for performance reasons. 5671 * A value of 1 indicates true, 0 indicates false. False is the default. 5672 * When a cursor is returned to the client, it should check for an extra with the name 5673 * {@link ContactsContract#DEFERRED_SNIPPETING} in the cursor. If it exists, the client 5674 * should do its own formatting of the snippet. If it doesn't exist, the snippet column 5675 * in the cursor should already contain a formatted snippet. 5676 */ 5677 public static final String DEFERRED_SNIPPETING_KEY = "deferred_snippeting"; 5678 } 5679 5680 /** 5681 * Container for definitions of common data types stored in the {@link ContactsContract.Data} 5682 * table. 5683 */ 5684 public static final class CommonDataKinds { 5685 /** 5686 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5687 */ 5688 private CommonDataKinds() {} 5689 5690 /** 5691 * The {@link Data#RES_PACKAGE} value for common data that should be 5692 * shown using a default style. 5693 * 5694 * @hide RES_PACKAGE is hidden 5695 */ 5696 public static final String PACKAGE_COMMON = "common"; 5697 5698 /** 5699 * The base types that all "Typed" data kinds support. 5700 */ 5701 public interface BaseTypes { 5702 /** 5703 * A custom type. The custom label should be supplied by user. 5704 */ 5705 public static int TYPE_CUSTOM = 0; 5706 } 5707 5708 /** 5709 * Columns common across the specific types. 5710 */ 5711 protected interface CommonColumns extends BaseTypes { 5712 /** 5713 * The data for the contact method. 5714 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5715 */ 5716 public static final String DATA = DataColumns.DATA1; 5717 5718 /** 5719 * The type of data, for example Home or Work. 5720 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 5721 */ 5722 public static final String TYPE = DataColumns.DATA2; 5723 5724 /** 5725 * The user defined label for the the contact method. 5726 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5727 */ 5728 public static final String LABEL = DataColumns.DATA3; 5729 } 5730 5731 /** 5732 * A data kind representing the contact's proper name. You can use all 5733 * columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as well as the following aliases. 5734 * 5735 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5736 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5737 * <tr> 5738 * <th>Type</th><th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5739 * </tr> 5740 * <tr> 5741 * <td>String</td> 5742 * <td>{@link #DISPLAY_NAME}</td> 5743 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5744 * <td></td> 5745 * </tr> 5746 * <tr> 5747 * <td>String</td> 5748 * <td>{@link #GIVEN_NAME}</td> 5749 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5750 * <td></td> 5751 * </tr> 5752 * <tr> 5753 * <td>String</td> 5754 * <td>{@link #FAMILY_NAME}</td> 5755 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 5756 * <td></td> 5757 * </tr> 5758 * <tr> 5759 * <td>String</td> 5760 * <td>{@link #PREFIX}</td> 5761 * <td>{@link #DATA4}</td> 5762 * <td>Common prefixes in English names are "Mr", "Ms", "Dr" etc.</td> 5763 * </tr> 5764 * <tr> 5765 * <td>String</td> 5766 * <td>{@link #MIDDLE_NAME}</td> 5767 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 5768 * <td></td> 5769 * </tr> 5770 * <tr> 5771 * <td>String</td> 5772 * <td>{@link #SUFFIX}</td> 5773 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 5774 * <td>Common suffixes in English names are "Sr", "Jr", "III" etc.</td> 5775 * </tr> 5776 * <tr> 5777 * <td>String</td> 5778 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_GIVEN_NAME}</td> 5779 * <td>{@link #DATA7}</td> 5780 * <td>Used for phonetic spelling of the name, e.g. Pinyin, Katakana, Hiragana</td> 5781 * </tr> 5782 * <tr> 5783 * <td>String</td> 5784 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_MIDDLE_NAME}</td> 5785 * <td>{@link #DATA8}</td> 5786 * <td></td> 5787 * </tr> 5788 * <tr> 5789 * <td>String</td> 5790 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_FAMILY_NAME}</td> 5791 * <td>{@link #DATA9}</td> 5792 * <td></td> 5793 * </tr> 5794 * </table> 5795 */ 5796 public static final class StructuredName implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 5797 /** 5798 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5799 */ 5800 private StructuredName() {} 5801 5802 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 5803 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/name"; 5804 5805 /** 5806 * The name that should be used to display the contact. 5807 * <i>Unstructured component of the name should be consistent with 5808 * its structured representation.</i> 5809 * <p> 5810 * Type: TEXT 5811 */ 5812 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = DATA1; 5813 5814 /** 5815 * The given name for the contact. 5816 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5817 */ 5818 public static final String GIVEN_NAME = DATA2; 5819 5820 /** 5821 * The family name for the contact. 5822 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5823 */ 5824 public static final String FAMILY_NAME = DATA3; 5825 5826 /** 5827 * The contact's honorific prefix, e.g. "Sir" 5828 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5829 */ 5830 public static final String PREFIX = DATA4; 5831 5832 /** 5833 * The contact's middle name 5834 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5835 */ 5836 public static final String MIDDLE_NAME = DATA5; 5837 5838 /** 5839 * The contact's honorific suffix, e.g. "Jr" 5840 */ 5841 public static final String SUFFIX = DATA6; 5842 5843 /** 5844 * The phonetic version of the given name for the contact. 5845 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5846 */ 5847 public static final String PHONETIC_GIVEN_NAME = DATA7; 5848 5849 /** 5850 * The phonetic version of the additional name for the contact. 5851 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5852 */ 5853 public static final String PHONETIC_MIDDLE_NAME = DATA8; 5854 5855 /** 5856 * The phonetic version of the family name for the contact. 5857 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 5858 */ 5859 public static final String PHONETIC_FAMILY_NAME = DATA9; 5860 5861 /** 5862 * The style used for combining given/middle/family name into a full name. 5863 * See {@link ContactsContract.FullNameStyle}. 5864 */ 5865 public static final String FULL_NAME_STYLE = DATA10; 5866 5867 /** 5868 * The alphabet used for capturing the phonetic name. 5869 * See ContactsContract.PhoneticNameStyle. 5870 */ 5871 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE = DATA11; 5872 } 5873 5874 /** 5875 * <p>A data kind representing the contact's nickname. For example, for 5876 * Bob Parr ("Mr. Incredible"): 5877 * <pre> 5878 * ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation> ops = 5879 * new ArrayList<ContentProviderOperation>(); 5880 * 5881 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 5882 * .withValue(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId) 5883 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, StructuredName.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 5884 * .withValue(StructuredName.DISPLAY_NAME, "Bob Parr") 5885 * .build()); 5886 * 5887 * ops.add(ContentProviderOperation.newInsert(Data.CONTENT_URI) 5888 * .withValue(Data.RAW_CONTACT_ID, rawContactId) 5889 * .withValue(Data.MIMETYPE, Nickname.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE) 5890 * .withValue(Nickname.NAME, "Mr. Incredible") 5891 * .withValue(Nickname.TYPE, Nickname.TYPE_CUSTOM) 5892 * .withValue(Nickname.LABEL, "Superhero") 5893 * .build()); 5894 * 5895 * getContentResolver().applyBatch(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY, ops); 5896 * </pre> 5897 * </p> 5898 * <p> 5899 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as well as the 5900 * following aliases. 5901 * </p> 5902 * 5903 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5904 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5905 * <tr> 5906 * <th>Type</th><th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5907 * </tr> 5908 * <tr> 5909 * <td>String</td> 5910 * <td>{@link #NAME}</td> 5911 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5912 * <td></td> 5913 * </tr> 5914 * <tr> 5915 * <td>int</td> 5916 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 5917 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5918 * <td> 5919 * Allowed values are: 5920 * <p> 5921 * <ul> 5922 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 5923 * <li>{@link #TYPE_DEFAULT}</li> 5924 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER_NAME}</li> 5925 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MAIDEN_NAME}</li> 5926 * <li>{@link #TYPE_SHORT_NAME}</li> 5927 * <li>{@link #TYPE_INITIALS}</li> 5928 * </ul> 5929 * </p> 5930 * </td> 5931 * </tr> 5932 * <tr> 5933 * <td>String</td> 5934 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 5935 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 5936 * <td></td> 5937 * </tr> 5938 * </table> 5939 */ 5940 public static final class Nickname implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 5941 ContactCounts{ 5942 /** 5943 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 5944 */ 5945 private Nickname() {} 5946 5947 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 5948 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/nickname"; 5949 5950 public static final int TYPE_DEFAULT = 1; 5951 public static final int TYPE_OTHER_NAME = 2; 5952 public static final int TYPE_MAIDEN_NAME = 3; 5953 /** @deprecated Use TYPE_MAIDEN_NAME instead. */ 5954 @Deprecated 5955 public static final int TYPE_MAINDEN_NAME = 3; 5956 public static final int TYPE_SHORT_NAME = 4; 5957 public static final int TYPE_INITIALS = 5; 5958 5959 /** 5960 * The name itself 5961 */ 5962 public static final String NAME = DATA; 5963 } 5964 5965 /** 5966 * <p> 5967 * A data kind representing a telephone number. 5968 * </p> 5969 * <p> 5970 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 5971 * well as the following aliases. 5972 * </p> 5973 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 5974 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 5975 * <tr> 5976 * <th>Type</th> 5977 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 5978 * </tr> 5979 * <tr> 5980 * <td>String</td> 5981 * <td>{@link #NUMBER}</td> 5982 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 5983 * <td></td> 5984 * </tr> 5985 * <tr> 5986 * <td>int</td> 5987 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 5988 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 5989 * <td>Allowed values are: 5990 * <p> 5991 * <ul> 5992 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 5993 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 5994 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MOBILE}</li> 5995 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 5996 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FAX_WORK}</li> 5997 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FAX_HOME}</li> 5998 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PAGER}</li> 5999 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6000 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CALLBACK}</li> 6001 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CAR}</li> 6002 * <li>{@link #TYPE_COMPANY_MAIN}</li> 6003 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ISDN}</li> 6004 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MAIN}</li> 6005 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER_FAX}</li> 6006 * <li>{@link #TYPE_RADIO}</li> 6007 * <li>{@link #TYPE_TELEX}</li> 6008 * <li>{@link #TYPE_TTY_TDD}</li> 6009 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK_MOBILE}</li> 6010 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK_PAGER}</li> 6011 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ASSISTANT}</li> 6012 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MMS}</li> 6013 * </ul> 6014 * </p> 6015 * </td> 6016 * </tr> 6017 * <tr> 6018 * <td>String</td> 6019 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6020 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6021 * <td></td> 6022 * </tr> 6023 * </table> 6024 */ 6025 public static final class Phone implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6026 ContactCounts { 6027 /** 6028 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6029 */ 6030 private Phone() {} 6031 6032 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6033 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/phone_v2"; 6034 6035 /** 6036 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 6037 * phones. 6038 */ 6039 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/phone_v2"; 6040 6041 /** 6042 * The content:// style URI for all data records of the 6043 * {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} MIME type, combined with the 6044 * associated raw contact and aggregate contact data. 6045 */ 6046 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 6047 "phones"); 6048 6049 /** 6050 * URI used for getting all contacts from primary and managed profile. 6051 * 6052 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_URI} and returns the same 6053 * columns. If the device has no corp profile that is linked to the current profile, it 6054 * behaves in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_URI}. If there is a corp profile 6055 * linked to the current profile, it will merge corp profile and current profile's 6056 * results and return 6057 * 6058 * @hide 6059 */ 6060 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI = 6061 Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_URI, "phones"); 6062 6063 /** 6064 * The content:// style URL for phone lookup using a filter. The filter returns 6065 * records of MIME type {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}. The filter is applied 6066 * to display names as well as phone numbers. The filter argument should be passed 6067 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 6068 */ 6069 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 6070 "filter"); 6071 6072 /** 6073 * It supports the similar semantics as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} and returns the same 6074 * columns. This URI requires {@link ContactsContract#DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY} in 6075 * parameters, otherwise it will throw IllegalArgumentException. 6076 */ 6077 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 6078 CONTENT_URI, "filter_enterprise"); 6079 6080 /** 6081 * A boolean query parameter that can be used with {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 6082 * If "1" or "true", display names are searched. If "0" or "false", display names 6083 * are not searched. Default is "1". 6084 */ 6085 public static final String SEARCH_DISPLAY_NAME_KEY = "search_display_name"; 6086 6087 /** 6088 * A boolean query parameter that can be used with {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 6089 * If "1" or "true", phone numbers are searched. If "0" or "false", phone numbers 6090 * are not searched. Default is "1". 6091 */ 6092 public static final String SEARCH_PHONE_NUMBER_KEY = "search_phone_number"; 6093 6094 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6095 public static final int TYPE_MOBILE = 2; 6096 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 3; 6097 public static final int TYPE_FAX_WORK = 4; 6098 public static final int TYPE_FAX_HOME = 5; 6099 public static final int TYPE_PAGER = 6; 6100 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 7; 6101 public static final int TYPE_CALLBACK = 8; 6102 public static final int TYPE_CAR = 9; 6103 public static final int TYPE_COMPANY_MAIN = 10; 6104 public static final int TYPE_ISDN = 11; 6105 public static final int TYPE_MAIN = 12; 6106 public static final int TYPE_OTHER_FAX = 13; 6107 public static final int TYPE_RADIO = 14; 6108 public static final int TYPE_TELEX = 15; 6109 public static final int TYPE_TTY_TDD = 16; 6110 public static final int TYPE_WORK_MOBILE = 17; 6111 public static final int TYPE_WORK_PAGER = 18; 6112 public static final int TYPE_ASSISTANT = 19; 6113 public static final int TYPE_MMS = 20; 6114 6115 /** 6116 * The phone number as the user entered it. 6117 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6118 */ 6119 public static final String NUMBER = DATA; 6120 6121 /** 6122 * The phone number's E164 representation. This value can be omitted in which 6123 * case the provider will try to automatically infer it. (It'll be left null if the 6124 * provider fails to infer.) 6125 * If present, {@link #NUMBER} has to be set as well (it will be ignored otherwise). 6126 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6127 */ 6128 public static final String NORMALIZED_NUMBER = DATA4; 6129 6130 /** 6131 * @deprecated use {@link #getTypeLabel(Resources, int, CharSequence)} instead. 6132 * @hide 6133 */ 6134 @Deprecated 6135 public static final CharSequence getDisplayLabel(Context context, int type, 6136 CharSequence label, CharSequence[] labelArray) { 6137 return getTypeLabel(context.getResources(), type, label); 6138 } 6139 6140 /** 6141 * @deprecated use {@link #getTypeLabel(Resources, int, CharSequence)} instead. 6142 * @hide 6143 */ 6144 @Deprecated 6145 public static final CharSequence getDisplayLabel(Context context, int type, 6146 CharSequence label) { 6147 return getTypeLabel(context.getResources(), type, label); 6148 } 6149 6150 /** 6151 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6152 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6153 */ 6154 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6155 switch (type) { 6156 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeHome; 6157 case TYPE_MOBILE: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeMobile; 6158 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeWork; 6159 case TYPE_FAX_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeFaxWork; 6160 case TYPE_FAX_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeFaxHome; 6161 case TYPE_PAGER: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypePager; 6162 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeOther; 6163 case TYPE_CALLBACK: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCallback; 6164 case TYPE_CAR: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCar; 6165 case TYPE_COMPANY_MAIN: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCompanyMain; 6166 case TYPE_ISDN: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeIsdn; 6167 case TYPE_MAIN: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeMain; 6168 case TYPE_OTHER_FAX: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeOtherFax; 6169 case TYPE_RADIO: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeRadio; 6170 case TYPE_TELEX: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeTelex; 6171 case TYPE_TTY_TDD: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeTtyTdd; 6172 case TYPE_WORK_MOBILE: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeWorkMobile; 6173 case TYPE_WORK_PAGER: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeWorkPager; 6174 case TYPE_ASSISTANT: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeAssistant; 6175 case TYPE_MMS: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeMms; 6176 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.phoneTypeCustom; 6177 } 6178 } 6179 6180 /** 6181 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6182 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6183 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6184 */ 6185 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6186 CharSequence label) { 6187 if ((type == TYPE_CUSTOM || type == TYPE_ASSISTANT) && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6188 return label; 6189 } else { 6190 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6191 return res.getText(labelRes); 6192 } 6193 } 6194 } 6195 6196 /** 6197 * <p> 6198 * A data kind representing an email address. 6199 * </p> 6200 * <p> 6201 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6202 * well as the following aliases. 6203 * </p> 6204 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6205 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6206 * <tr> 6207 * <th>Type</th> 6208 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6209 * </tr> 6210 * <tr> 6211 * <td>String</td> 6212 * <td>{@link #ADDRESS}</td> 6213 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6214 * <td>Email address itself.</td> 6215 * </tr> 6216 * <tr> 6217 * <td>int</td> 6218 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6219 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6220 * <td>Allowed values are: 6221 * <p> 6222 * <ul> 6223 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6224 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 6225 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6226 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6227 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MOBILE}</li> 6228 * </ul> 6229 * </p> 6230 * </td> 6231 * </tr> 6232 * <tr> 6233 * <td>String</td> 6234 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6235 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6236 * <td></td> 6237 * </tr> 6238 * </table> 6239 */ 6240 public static final class Email implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6241 ContactCounts { 6242 /** 6243 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6244 */ 6245 private Email() {} 6246 6247 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6248 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/email_v2"; 6249 6250 /** 6251 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of email addresses. 6252 */ 6253 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/email_v2"; 6254 6255 /** 6256 * The content:// style URI for all data records of the 6257 * {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} MIME type, combined with the 6258 * associated raw contact and aggregate contact data. 6259 */ 6260 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 6261 "emails"); 6262 6263 /** 6264 * <p> 6265 * The content:// style URL for looking up data rows by email address. The 6266 * lookup argument, an email address, should be passed as an additional path segment 6267 * after this URI. 6268 * </p> 6269 * <p>Example: 6270 * <pre> 6271 * Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Email.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, Uri.encode(email)); 6272 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(uri, 6273 * new String[]{Email.CONTACT_ID, Email.DISPLAY_NAME, Email.DATA}, 6274 * null, null, null); 6275 * </pre> 6276 * </p> 6277 */ 6278 public static final Uri CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 6279 "lookup"); 6280 6281 /** 6282 * <p>URI used for enterprise email lookup.</p> 6283 * 6284 * <p> 6285 * It supports the same semantics as {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} and returns the same 6286 * columns. If the device has no corp profile that is linked to the current profile, it 6287 * behaves in the exact same way as {@link #CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI}. If there is a 6288 * corp profile linked to the current profile, it first queries against the personal contact database, 6289 * and if no matching contacts are found there, then queries against the 6290 * corp contacts database. 6291 * </p> 6292 * <p> 6293 * If a result is from the corp profile, it makes the following changes to the data: 6294 * <ul> 6295 * <li> 6296 * {@link #PHOTO_THUMBNAIL_URI} and {@link #PHOTO_URI} will be rewritten to special 6297 * URIs. Use {@link ContentResolver#openAssetFileDescriptor} or its siblings to 6298 * load pictures from them. 6299 * {@link #PHOTO_ID} and {@link #PHOTO_FILE_ID} will be set to null. Do not 6300 * use them. 6301 * </li> 6302 * <li> 6303 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #CONTACT_ID}s. In order to tell whether 6304 * a contact 6305 * is from the corp profile, use 6306 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#isEnterpriseContactId(long)}. 6307 * </li> 6308 * <li> 6309 * Corp contacts will get artificial {@link #LOOKUP_KEY}s too. 6310 * </li> 6311 * <li> 6312 * Returned work contact IDs and lookup keys are not accepted in places that not 6313 * explicitly say to accept them. 6314 * </li> 6315 * </ul> 6316 * <p> 6317 * A contact lookup URL built by 6318 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#getLookupUri(long, String)} 6319 * with an {@link #_ID} and a {@link #LOOKUP_KEY} returned by this API can be passed to 6320 * {@link ContactsContract.QuickContact#showQuickContact} even if a contact is from the 6321 * corp profile. 6322 * </p> 6323 * 6324 * <pre> 6325 * Uri lookupUri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Email.ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, 6326 * Uri.encode(email)); 6327 * </pre> 6328 */ 6329 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI = 6330 Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, "lookup_enterprise"); 6331 6332 /** 6333 * <p> 6334 * The content:// style URL for email lookup using a filter. The filter returns 6335 * records of MIME type {@link #CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE}. The filter is applied 6336 * to display names as well as email addresses. The filter argument should be passed 6337 * as an additional path segment after this URI. 6338 * </p> 6339 * <p>The query in the following example will return "Robert Parr (bob (at) incredibles.com)" 6340 * as well as "Bob Parr (incredible (at) android.com)". 6341 * <pre> 6342 * Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Email.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, Uri.encode("bob")); 6343 * Cursor c = getContentResolver().query(uri, 6344 * new String[]{Email.DISPLAY_NAME, Email.DATA}, 6345 * null, null, null); 6346 * </pre> 6347 * </p> 6348 */ 6349 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 6350 "filter"); 6351 6352 /** 6353 * It supports the similar semantics as {@link #CONTENT_FILTER_URI} and returns the same 6354 * columns. This URI requires {@link ContactsContract#DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY} in 6355 * parameters, otherwise it will throw IllegalArgumentException. 6356 */ 6357 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 6358 CONTENT_URI, "filter_enterprise"); 6359 6360 /** 6361 * The email address. 6362 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6363 */ 6364 public static final String ADDRESS = DATA1; 6365 6366 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6367 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 6368 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 6369 public static final int TYPE_MOBILE = 4; 6370 6371 /** 6372 * The display name for the email address 6373 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6374 */ 6375 public static final String DISPLAY_NAME = DATA4; 6376 6377 /** 6378 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6379 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6380 */ 6381 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6382 switch (type) { 6383 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeHome; 6384 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeWork; 6385 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeOther; 6386 case TYPE_MOBILE: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeMobile; 6387 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.emailTypeCustom; 6388 } 6389 } 6390 6391 /** 6392 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6393 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6394 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6395 */ 6396 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6397 CharSequence label) { 6398 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6399 return label; 6400 } else { 6401 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6402 return res.getText(labelRes); 6403 } 6404 } 6405 } 6406 6407 /** 6408 * <p> 6409 * A data kind representing a postal addresses. 6410 * </p> 6411 * <p> 6412 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6413 * well as the following aliases. 6414 * </p> 6415 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6416 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6417 * <tr> 6418 * <th>Type</th> 6419 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6420 * </tr> 6421 * <tr> 6422 * <td>String</td> 6423 * <td>{@link #FORMATTED_ADDRESS}</td> 6424 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6425 * <td></td> 6426 * </tr> 6427 * <tr> 6428 * <td>int</td> 6429 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6430 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6431 * <td>Allowed values are: 6432 * <p> 6433 * <ul> 6434 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6435 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 6436 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6437 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6438 * </ul> 6439 * </p> 6440 * </td> 6441 * </tr> 6442 * <tr> 6443 * <td>String</td> 6444 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6445 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6446 * <td></td> 6447 * </tr> 6448 * <tr> 6449 * <td>String</td> 6450 * <td>{@link #STREET}</td> 6451 * <td>{@link #DATA4}</td> 6452 * <td></td> 6453 * </tr> 6454 * <tr> 6455 * <td>String</td> 6456 * <td>{@link #POBOX}</td> 6457 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 6458 * <td>Post Office Box number</td> 6459 * </tr> 6460 * <tr> 6461 * <td>String</td> 6462 * <td>{@link #NEIGHBORHOOD}</td> 6463 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 6464 * <td></td> 6465 * </tr> 6466 * <tr> 6467 * <td>String</td> 6468 * <td>{@link #CITY}</td> 6469 * <td>{@link #DATA7}</td> 6470 * <td></td> 6471 * </tr> 6472 * <tr> 6473 * <td>String</td> 6474 * <td>{@link #REGION}</td> 6475 * <td>{@link #DATA8}</td> 6476 * <td></td> 6477 * </tr> 6478 * <tr> 6479 * <td>String</td> 6480 * <td>{@link #POSTCODE}</td> 6481 * <td>{@link #DATA9}</td> 6482 * <td></td> 6483 * </tr> 6484 * <tr> 6485 * <td>String</td> 6486 * <td>{@link #COUNTRY}</td> 6487 * <td>{@link #DATA10}</td> 6488 * <td></td> 6489 * </tr> 6490 * </table> 6491 */ 6492 public static final class StructuredPostal implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6493 ContactCounts { 6494 /** 6495 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6496 */ 6497 private StructuredPostal() { 6498 } 6499 6500 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6501 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 6502 "vnd.android.cursor.item/postal-address_v2"; 6503 6504 /** 6505 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 6506 * postal addresses. 6507 */ 6508 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/postal-address_v2"; 6509 6510 /** 6511 * The content:// style URI for all data records of the 6512 * {@link StructuredPostal#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} MIME type. 6513 */ 6514 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 6515 "postals"); 6516 6517 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6518 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 6519 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 6520 6521 /** 6522 * The full, unstructured postal address. <i>This field must be 6523 * consistent with any structured data.</i> 6524 * <p> 6525 * Type: TEXT 6526 */ 6527 public static final String FORMATTED_ADDRESS = DATA; 6528 6529 /** 6530 * Can be street, avenue, road, etc. This element also includes the 6531 * house number and room/apartment/flat/floor number. 6532 * <p> 6533 * Type: TEXT 6534 */ 6535 public static final String STREET = DATA4; 6536 6537 /** 6538 * Covers actual P.O. boxes, drawers, locked bags, etc. This is 6539 * usually but not always mutually exclusive with street. 6540 * <p> 6541 * Type: TEXT 6542 */ 6543 public static final String POBOX = DATA5; 6544 6545 /** 6546 * This is used to disambiguate a street address when a city 6547 * contains more than one street with the same name, or to specify a 6548 * small place whose mail is routed through a larger postal town. In 6549 * China it could be a county or a minor city. 6550 * <p> 6551 * Type: TEXT 6552 */ 6553 public static final String NEIGHBORHOOD = DATA6; 6554 6555 /** 6556 * Can be city, village, town, borough, etc. This is the postal town 6557 * and not necessarily the place of residence or place of business. 6558 * <p> 6559 * Type: TEXT 6560 */ 6561 public static final String CITY = DATA7; 6562 6563 /** 6564 * A state, province, county (in Ireland), Land (in Germany), 6565 * departement (in France), etc. 6566 * <p> 6567 * Type: TEXT 6568 */ 6569 public static final String REGION = DATA8; 6570 6571 /** 6572 * Postal code. Usually country-wide, but sometimes specific to the 6573 * city (e.g. "2" in "Dublin 2, Ireland" addresses). 6574 * <p> 6575 * Type: TEXT 6576 */ 6577 public static final String POSTCODE = DATA9; 6578 6579 /** 6580 * The name or code of the country. 6581 * <p> 6582 * Type: TEXT 6583 */ 6584 public static final String COUNTRY = DATA10; 6585 6586 /** 6587 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6588 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6589 */ 6590 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6591 switch (type) { 6592 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeHome; 6593 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeWork; 6594 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeOther; 6595 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.postalTypeCustom; 6596 } 6597 } 6598 6599 /** 6600 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6601 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6602 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6603 */ 6604 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6605 CharSequence label) { 6606 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6607 return label; 6608 } else { 6609 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6610 return res.getText(labelRes); 6611 } 6612 } 6613 } 6614 6615 /** 6616 * <p> 6617 * A data kind representing an IM address 6618 * </p> 6619 * <p> 6620 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6621 * well as the following aliases. 6622 * </p> 6623 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6624 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6625 * <tr> 6626 * <th>Type</th> 6627 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6628 * </tr> 6629 * <tr> 6630 * <td>String</td> 6631 * <td>{@link #DATA}</td> 6632 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6633 * <td></td> 6634 * </tr> 6635 * <tr> 6636 * <td>int</td> 6637 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6638 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6639 * <td>Allowed values are: 6640 * <p> 6641 * <ul> 6642 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6643 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 6644 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6645 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6646 * </ul> 6647 * </p> 6648 * </td> 6649 * </tr> 6650 * <tr> 6651 * <td>String</td> 6652 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6653 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6654 * <td></td> 6655 * </tr> 6656 * <tr> 6657 * <td>String</td> 6658 * <td>{@link #PROTOCOL}</td> 6659 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 6660 * <td> 6661 * <p> 6662 * Allowed values: 6663 * <ul> 6664 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. Also provide the actual protocol name 6665 * as {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}.</li> 6666 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_AIM}</li> 6667 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_MSN}</li> 6668 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_YAHOO}</li> 6669 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_SKYPE}</li> 6670 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_QQ}</li> 6671 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_GOOGLE_TALK}</li> 6672 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_ICQ}</li> 6673 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_JABBER}</li> 6674 * <li>{@link #PROTOCOL_NETMEETING}</li> 6675 * </ul> 6676 * </p> 6677 * </td> 6678 * </tr> 6679 * <tr> 6680 * <td>String</td> 6681 * <td>{@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL}</td> 6682 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 6683 * <td></td> 6684 * </tr> 6685 * </table> 6686 */ 6687 public static final class Im implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, ContactCounts { 6688 /** 6689 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6690 */ 6691 private Im() {} 6692 6693 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6694 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/im"; 6695 6696 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 6697 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 6698 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 6699 6700 /** 6701 * This column should be populated with one of the defined 6702 * constants, e.g. {@link #PROTOCOL_YAHOO}. If the value of this 6703 * column is {@link #PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}, the {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL} 6704 * should contain the name of the custom protocol. 6705 */ 6706 public static final String PROTOCOL = DATA5; 6707 6708 public static final String CUSTOM_PROTOCOL = DATA6; 6709 6710 /* 6711 * The predefined IM protocol types. 6712 */ 6713 public static final int PROTOCOL_CUSTOM = -1; 6714 public static final int PROTOCOL_AIM = 0; 6715 public static final int PROTOCOL_MSN = 1; 6716 public static final int PROTOCOL_YAHOO = 2; 6717 public static final int PROTOCOL_SKYPE = 3; 6718 public static final int PROTOCOL_QQ = 4; 6719 public static final int PROTOCOL_GOOGLE_TALK = 5; 6720 public static final int PROTOCOL_ICQ = 6; 6721 public static final int PROTOCOL_JABBER = 7; 6722 public static final int PROTOCOL_NETMEETING = 8; 6723 6724 /** 6725 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6726 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6727 */ 6728 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6729 switch (type) { 6730 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeHome; 6731 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeWork; 6732 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeOther; 6733 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.imTypeCustom; 6734 } 6735 } 6736 6737 /** 6738 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6739 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6740 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6741 */ 6742 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6743 CharSequence label) { 6744 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6745 return label; 6746 } else { 6747 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6748 return res.getText(labelRes); 6749 } 6750 } 6751 6752 /** 6753 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6754 * {@link #PROTOCOL}. Will always return a valid resource. 6755 */ 6756 public static final int getProtocolLabelResource(int type) { 6757 switch (type) { 6758 case PROTOCOL_AIM: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolAim; 6759 case PROTOCOL_MSN: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolMsn; 6760 case PROTOCOL_YAHOO: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolYahoo; 6761 case PROTOCOL_SKYPE: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolSkype; 6762 case PROTOCOL_QQ: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolQq; 6763 case PROTOCOL_GOOGLE_TALK: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolGoogleTalk; 6764 case PROTOCOL_ICQ: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolIcq; 6765 case PROTOCOL_JABBER: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolJabber; 6766 case PROTOCOL_NETMEETING: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolNetMeeting; 6767 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.imProtocolCustom; 6768 } 6769 } 6770 6771 /** 6772 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given 6773 * protocol, possibly substituting the given 6774 * {@link #CUSTOM_PROTOCOL} value for {@link #PROTOCOL_CUSTOM}. 6775 */ 6776 public static final CharSequence getProtocolLabel(Resources res, int type, 6777 CharSequence label) { 6778 if (type == PROTOCOL_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6779 return label; 6780 } else { 6781 final int labelRes = getProtocolLabelResource(type); 6782 return res.getText(labelRes); 6783 } 6784 } 6785 } 6786 6787 /** 6788 * <p> 6789 * A data kind representing an organization. 6790 * </p> 6791 * <p> 6792 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6793 * well as the following aliases. 6794 * </p> 6795 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6796 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6797 * <tr> 6798 * <th>Type</th> 6799 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6800 * </tr> 6801 * <tr> 6802 * <td>String</td> 6803 * <td>{@link #COMPANY}</td> 6804 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6805 * <td></td> 6806 * </tr> 6807 * <tr> 6808 * <td>int</td> 6809 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6810 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6811 * <td>Allowed values are: 6812 * <p> 6813 * <ul> 6814 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6815 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 6816 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 6817 * </ul> 6818 * </p> 6819 * </td> 6820 * </tr> 6821 * <tr> 6822 * <td>String</td> 6823 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 6824 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 6825 * <td></td> 6826 * </tr> 6827 * <tr> 6828 * <td>String</td> 6829 * <td>{@link #TITLE}</td> 6830 * <td>{@link #DATA4}</td> 6831 * <td></td> 6832 * </tr> 6833 * <tr> 6834 * <td>String</td> 6835 * <td>{@link #DEPARTMENT}</td> 6836 * <td>{@link #DATA5}</td> 6837 * <td></td> 6838 * </tr> 6839 * <tr> 6840 * <td>String</td> 6841 * <td>{@link #JOB_DESCRIPTION}</td> 6842 * <td>{@link #DATA6}</td> 6843 * <td></td> 6844 * </tr> 6845 * <tr> 6846 * <td>String</td> 6847 * <td>{@link #SYMBOL}</td> 6848 * <td>{@link #DATA7}</td> 6849 * <td></td> 6850 * </tr> 6851 * <tr> 6852 * <td>String</td> 6853 * <td>{@link #PHONETIC_NAME}</td> 6854 * <td>{@link #DATA8}</td> 6855 * <td></td> 6856 * </tr> 6857 * <tr> 6858 * <td>String</td> 6859 * <td>{@link #OFFICE_LOCATION}</td> 6860 * <td>{@link #DATA9}</td> 6861 * <td></td> 6862 * </tr> 6863 * <tr> 6864 * <td>String</td> 6865 * <td>PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE</td> 6866 * <td>{@link #DATA10}</td> 6867 * <td></td> 6868 * </tr> 6869 * </table> 6870 */ 6871 public static final class Organization implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 6872 ContactCounts { 6873 /** 6874 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 6875 */ 6876 private Organization() {} 6877 6878 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 6879 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/organization"; 6880 6881 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 1; 6882 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 2; 6883 6884 /** 6885 * The company as the user entered it. 6886 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6887 */ 6888 public static final String COMPANY = DATA; 6889 6890 /** 6891 * The position title at this company as the user entered it. 6892 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6893 */ 6894 public static final String TITLE = DATA4; 6895 6896 /** 6897 * The department at this company as the user entered it. 6898 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6899 */ 6900 public static final String DEPARTMENT = DATA5; 6901 6902 /** 6903 * The job description at this company as the user entered it. 6904 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6905 */ 6906 public static final String JOB_DESCRIPTION = DATA6; 6907 6908 /** 6909 * The symbol of this company as the user entered it. 6910 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6911 */ 6912 public static final String SYMBOL = DATA7; 6913 6914 /** 6915 * The phonetic name of this company as the user entered it. 6916 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6917 */ 6918 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME = DATA8; 6919 6920 /** 6921 * The office location of this organization. 6922 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 6923 */ 6924 public static final String OFFICE_LOCATION = DATA9; 6925 6926 /** 6927 * The alphabet used for capturing the phonetic name. 6928 * See {@link ContactsContract.PhoneticNameStyle}. 6929 */ 6930 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME_STYLE = DATA10; 6931 6932 /** 6933 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 6934 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 6935 */ 6936 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 6937 switch (type) { 6938 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeWork; 6939 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeOther; 6940 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeCustom; 6941 } 6942 } 6943 6944 /** 6945 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 6946 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 6947 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 6948 */ 6949 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 6950 CharSequence label) { 6951 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 6952 return label; 6953 } else { 6954 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 6955 return res.getText(labelRes); 6956 } 6957 } 6958 } 6959 6960 /** 6961 * <p> 6962 * A data kind representing a relation. 6963 * </p> 6964 * <p> 6965 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 6966 * well as the following aliases. 6967 * </p> 6968 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 6969 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 6970 * <tr> 6971 * <th>Type</th> 6972 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 6973 * </tr> 6974 * <tr> 6975 * <td>String</td> 6976 * <td>{@link #NAME}</td> 6977 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 6978 * <td></td> 6979 * </tr> 6980 * <tr> 6981 * <td>int</td> 6982 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 6983 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 6984 * <td>Allowed values are: 6985 * <p> 6986 * <ul> 6987 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 6988 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ASSISTANT}</li> 6989 * <li>{@link #TYPE_BROTHER}</li> 6990 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CHILD}</li> 6991 * <li>{@link #TYPE_DOMESTIC_PARTNER}</li> 6992 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FATHER}</li> 6993 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FRIEND}</li> 6994 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MANAGER}</li> 6995 * <li>{@link #TYPE_MOTHER}</li> 6996 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PARENT}</li> 6997 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PARTNER}</li> 6998 * <li>{@link #TYPE_REFERRED_BY}</li> 6999 * <li>{@link #TYPE_RELATIVE}</li> 7000 * <li>{@link #TYPE_SISTER}</li> 7001 * <li>{@link #TYPE_SPOUSE}</li> 7002 * </ul> 7003 * </p> 7004 * </td> 7005 * </tr> 7006 * <tr> 7007 * <td>String</td> 7008 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 7009 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 7010 * <td></td> 7011 * </tr> 7012 * </table> 7013 */ 7014 public static final class Relation implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7015 ContactCounts { 7016 /** 7017 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7018 */ 7019 private Relation() {} 7020 7021 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7022 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/relation"; 7023 7024 public static final int TYPE_ASSISTANT = 1; 7025 public static final int TYPE_BROTHER = 2; 7026 public static final int TYPE_CHILD = 3; 7027 public static final int TYPE_DOMESTIC_PARTNER = 4; 7028 public static final int TYPE_FATHER = 5; 7029 public static final int TYPE_FRIEND = 6; 7030 public static final int TYPE_MANAGER = 7; 7031 public static final int TYPE_MOTHER = 8; 7032 public static final int TYPE_PARENT = 9; 7033 public static final int TYPE_PARTNER = 10; 7034 public static final int TYPE_REFERRED_BY = 11; 7035 public static final int TYPE_RELATIVE = 12; 7036 public static final int TYPE_SISTER = 13; 7037 public static final int TYPE_SPOUSE = 14; 7038 7039 /** 7040 * The name of the relative as the user entered it. 7041 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7042 */ 7043 public static final String NAME = DATA; 7044 7045 /** 7046 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 7047 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 7048 */ 7049 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 7050 switch (type) { 7051 case TYPE_ASSISTANT: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeAssistant; 7052 case TYPE_BROTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeBrother; 7053 case TYPE_CHILD: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeChild; 7054 case TYPE_DOMESTIC_PARTNER: 7055 return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeDomesticPartner; 7056 case TYPE_FATHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeFather; 7057 case TYPE_FRIEND: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeFriend; 7058 case TYPE_MANAGER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeManager; 7059 case TYPE_MOTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeMother; 7060 case TYPE_PARENT: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeParent; 7061 case TYPE_PARTNER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypePartner; 7062 case TYPE_REFERRED_BY: 7063 return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeReferredBy; 7064 case TYPE_RELATIVE: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeRelative; 7065 case TYPE_SISTER: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeSister; 7066 case TYPE_SPOUSE: return com.android.internal.R.string.relationTypeSpouse; 7067 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.orgTypeCustom; 7068 } 7069 } 7070 7071 /** 7072 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 7073 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 7074 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 7075 */ 7076 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 7077 CharSequence label) { 7078 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 7079 return label; 7080 } else { 7081 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 7082 return res.getText(labelRes); 7083 } 7084 } 7085 } 7086 7087 /** 7088 * <p> 7089 * A data kind representing an event. 7090 * </p> 7091 * <p> 7092 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7093 * well as the following aliases. 7094 * </p> 7095 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7096 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7097 * <tr> 7098 * <th>Type</th> 7099 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7100 * </tr> 7101 * <tr> 7102 * <td>String</td> 7103 * <td>{@link #START_DATE}</td> 7104 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7105 * <td></td> 7106 * </tr> 7107 * <tr> 7108 * <td>int</td> 7109 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7110 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 7111 * <td>Allowed values are: 7112 * <p> 7113 * <ul> 7114 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 7115 * <li>{@link #TYPE_ANNIVERSARY}</li> 7116 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 7117 * <li>{@link #TYPE_BIRTHDAY}</li> 7118 * </ul> 7119 * </p> 7120 * </td> 7121 * </tr> 7122 * <tr> 7123 * <td>String</td> 7124 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 7125 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 7126 * <td></td> 7127 * </tr> 7128 * </table> 7129 */ 7130 public static final class Event implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7131 ContactCounts { 7132 /** 7133 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7134 */ 7135 private Event() {} 7136 7137 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7138 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_event"; 7139 7140 public static final int TYPE_ANNIVERSARY = 1; 7141 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 2; 7142 public static final int TYPE_BIRTHDAY = 3; 7143 7144 /** 7145 * The event start date as the user entered it. 7146 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7147 */ 7148 public static final String START_DATE = DATA; 7149 7150 /** 7151 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 7152 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 7153 */ 7154 public static int getTypeResource(Integer type) { 7155 if (type == null) { 7156 return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeOther; 7157 } 7158 switch (type) { 7159 case TYPE_ANNIVERSARY: 7160 return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeAnniversary; 7161 case TYPE_BIRTHDAY: return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeBirthday; 7162 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeOther; 7163 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.eventTypeCustom; 7164 } 7165 } 7166 7167 /** 7168 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 7169 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 7170 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 7171 */ 7172 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 7173 CharSequence label) { 7174 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 7175 return label; 7176 } else { 7177 final int labelRes = getTypeResource(type); 7178 return res.getText(labelRes); 7179 } 7180 } 7181 } 7182 7183 /** 7184 * <p> 7185 * A data kind representing a photo for the contact. 7186 * </p> 7187 * <p> 7188 * Some sync adapters will choose to download photos in a separate 7189 * pass. A common pattern is to use columns {@link ContactsContract.Data#SYNC1} 7190 * through {@link ContactsContract.Data#SYNC4} to store temporary 7191 * data, e.g. the image URL or ID, state of download, server-side version 7192 * of the image. It is allowed for the {@link #PHOTO} to be null. 7193 * </p> 7194 * <p> 7195 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7196 * well as the following aliases. 7197 * </p> 7198 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7199 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7200 * <tr> 7201 * <th>Type</th> 7202 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7203 * </tr> 7204 * <tr> 7205 * <td>NUMBER</td> 7206 * <td>{@link #PHOTO_FILE_ID}</td> 7207 * <td>{@link #DATA14}</td> 7208 * <td>ID of the hi-res photo file.</td> 7209 * </tr> 7210 * <tr> 7211 * <td>BLOB</td> 7212 * <td>{@link #PHOTO}</td> 7213 * <td>{@link #DATA15}</td> 7214 * <td>By convention, binary data is stored in DATA15. The thumbnail of the 7215 * photo is stored in this column.</td> 7216 * </tr> 7217 * </table> 7218 */ 7219 public static final class Photo implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7220 /** 7221 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7222 */ 7223 private Photo() {} 7224 7225 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7226 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/photo"; 7227 7228 /** 7229 * Photo file ID for the display photo of the raw contact. 7230 * See {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto}. 7231 * <p> 7232 * Type: NUMBER 7233 */ 7234 public static final String PHOTO_FILE_ID = DATA14; 7235 7236 /** 7237 * Thumbnail photo of the raw contact. This is the raw bytes of an image 7238 * that could be inflated using {@link android.graphics.BitmapFactory}. 7239 * <p> 7240 * Type: BLOB 7241 */ 7242 public static final String PHOTO = DATA15; 7243 } 7244 7245 /** 7246 * <p> 7247 * Notes about the contact. 7248 * </p> 7249 * <p> 7250 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7251 * well as the following aliases. 7252 * </p> 7253 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7254 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7255 * <tr> 7256 * <th>Type</th> 7257 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7258 * </tr> 7259 * <tr> 7260 * <td>String</td> 7261 * <td>{@link #NOTE}</td> 7262 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7263 * <td></td> 7264 * </tr> 7265 * </table> 7266 */ 7267 public static final class Note implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7268 /** 7269 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7270 */ 7271 private Note() {} 7272 7273 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7274 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/note"; 7275 7276 /** 7277 * The note text. 7278 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7279 */ 7280 public static final String NOTE = DATA1; 7281 } 7282 7283 /** 7284 * <p> 7285 * Group Membership. 7286 * </p> 7287 * <p> 7288 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7289 * well as the following aliases. 7290 * </p> 7291 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7292 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7293 * <tr> 7294 * <th>Type</th> 7295 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7296 * </tr> 7297 * <tr> 7298 * <td>long</td> 7299 * <td>{@link #GROUP_ROW_ID}</td> 7300 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7301 * <td></td> 7302 * </tr> 7303 * <tr> 7304 * <td>String</td> 7305 * <td>{@link #GROUP_SOURCE_ID}</td> 7306 * <td>none</td> 7307 * <td> 7308 * <p> 7309 * The sourceid of the group that this group membership refers to. 7310 * Exactly one of this or {@link #GROUP_ROW_ID} must be set when 7311 * inserting a row. 7312 * </p> 7313 * <p> 7314 * If this field is specified, the provider will first try to 7315 * look up a group with this {@link Groups Groups.SOURCE_ID}. If such a group 7316 * is found, it will use the corresponding row id. If the group is not 7317 * found, it will create one. 7318 * </td> 7319 * </tr> 7320 * </table> 7321 */ 7322 public static final class GroupMembership implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7323 /** 7324 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7325 */ 7326 private GroupMembership() {} 7327 7328 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7329 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 7330 "vnd.android.cursor.item/group_membership"; 7331 7332 /** 7333 * The row id of the group that this group membership refers to. Exactly one of 7334 * this or {@link #GROUP_SOURCE_ID} must be set when inserting a row. 7335 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7336 */ 7337 public static final String GROUP_ROW_ID = DATA1; 7338 7339 /** 7340 * The sourceid of the group that this group membership refers to. Exactly one of 7341 * this or {@link #GROUP_ROW_ID} must be set when inserting a row. 7342 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7343 */ 7344 public static final String GROUP_SOURCE_ID = "group_sourceid"; 7345 } 7346 7347 /** 7348 * <p> 7349 * A data kind representing a website related to the contact. 7350 * </p> 7351 * <p> 7352 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7353 * well as the following aliases. 7354 * </p> 7355 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7356 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7357 * <tr> 7358 * <th>Type</th> 7359 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7360 * </tr> 7361 * <tr> 7362 * <td>String</td> 7363 * <td>{@link #URL}</td> 7364 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7365 * <td></td> 7366 * </tr> 7367 * <tr> 7368 * <td>int</td> 7369 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7370 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 7371 * <td>Allowed values are: 7372 * <p> 7373 * <ul> 7374 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 7375 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOMEPAGE}</li> 7376 * <li>{@link #TYPE_BLOG}</li> 7377 * <li>{@link #TYPE_PROFILE}</li> 7378 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 7379 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 7380 * <li>{@link #TYPE_FTP}</li> 7381 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 7382 * </ul> 7383 * </p> 7384 * </td> 7385 * </tr> 7386 * <tr> 7387 * <td>String</td> 7388 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 7389 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 7390 * <td></td> 7391 * </tr> 7392 * </table> 7393 */ 7394 public static final class Website implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7395 ContactCounts { 7396 /** 7397 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7398 */ 7399 private Website() {} 7400 7401 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7402 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/website"; 7403 7404 public static final int TYPE_HOMEPAGE = 1; 7405 public static final int TYPE_BLOG = 2; 7406 public static final int TYPE_PROFILE = 3; 7407 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 4; 7408 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 5; 7409 public static final int TYPE_FTP = 6; 7410 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 7; 7411 7412 /** 7413 * The website URL string. 7414 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7415 */ 7416 public static final String URL = DATA; 7417 } 7418 7419 /** 7420 * <p> 7421 * A data kind representing a SIP address for the contact. 7422 * </p> 7423 * <p> 7424 * You can use all columns defined for {@link ContactsContract.Data} as 7425 * well as the following aliases. 7426 * </p> 7427 * <h2>Column aliases</h2> 7428 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7429 * <tr> 7430 * <th>Type</th> 7431 * <th>Alias</th><th colspan='2'>Data column</th> 7432 * </tr> 7433 * <tr> 7434 * <td>String</td> 7435 * <td>{@link #SIP_ADDRESS}</td> 7436 * <td>{@link #DATA1}</td> 7437 * <td></td> 7438 * </tr> 7439 * <tr> 7440 * <td>int</td> 7441 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7442 * <td>{@link #DATA2}</td> 7443 * <td>Allowed values are: 7444 * <p> 7445 * <ul> 7446 * <li>{@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. Put the actual type in {@link #LABEL}.</li> 7447 * <li>{@link #TYPE_HOME}</li> 7448 * <li>{@link #TYPE_WORK}</li> 7449 * <li>{@link #TYPE_OTHER}</li> 7450 * </ul> 7451 * </p> 7452 * </td> 7453 * </tr> 7454 * <tr> 7455 * <td>String</td> 7456 * <td>{@link #LABEL}</td> 7457 * <td>{@link #DATA3}</td> 7458 * <td></td> 7459 * </tr> 7460 * </table> 7461 */ 7462 public static final class SipAddress implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7463 ContactCounts { 7464 /** 7465 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7466 */ 7467 private SipAddress() {} 7468 7469 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7470 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/sip_address"; 7471 7472 public static final int TYPE_HOME = 1; 7473 public static final int TYPE_WORK = 2; 7474 public static final int TYPE_OTHER = 3; 7475 7476 /** 7477 * The SIP address. 7478 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7479 */ 7480 public static final String SIP_ADDRESS = DATA1; 7481 // ...and TYPE and LABEL come from the CommonColumns interface. 7482 7483 /** 7484 * Return the string resource that best describes the given 7485 * {@link #TYPE}. Will always return a valid resource. 7486 */ 7487 public static final int getTypeLabelResource(int type) { 7488 switch (type) { 7489 case TYPE_HOME: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeHome; 7490 case TYPE_WORK: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeWork; 7491 case TYPE_OTHER: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeOther; 7492 default: return com.android.internal.R.string.sipAddressTypeCustom; 7493 } 7494 } 7495 7496 /** 7497 * Return a {@link CharSequence} that best describes the given type, 7498 * possibly substituting the given {@link #LABEL} value 7499 * for {@link #TYPE_CUSTOM}. 7500 */ 7501 public static final CharSequence getTypeLabel(Resources res, int type, 7502 CharSequence label) { 7503 if (type == TYPE_CUSTOM && !TextUtils.isEmpty(label)) { 7504 return label; 7505 } else { 7506 final int labelRes = getTypeLabelResource(type); 7507 return res.getText(labelRes); 7508 } 7509 } 7510 } 7511 7512 /** 7513 * A data kind representing an Identity related to the contact. 7514 * <p> 7515 * This can be used as a signal by the aggregator to combine raw contacts into 7516 * contacts, e.g. if two contacts have Identity rows with 7517 * the same NAMESPACE and IDENTITY values the aggregator can know that they refer 7518 * to the same person. 7519 * </p> 7520 */ 7521 public static final class Identity implements DataColumnsWithJoins, ContactCounts { 7522 /** 7523 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7524 */ 7525 private Identity() {} 7526 7527 /** MIME type used when storing this in data table. */ 7528 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/identity"; 7529 7530 /** 7531 * The identity string. 7532 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7533 */ 7534 public static final String IDENTITY = DataColumns.DATA1; 7535 7536 /** 7537 * The namespace of the identity string, e.g. "com.google" 7538 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7539 */ 7540 public static final String NAMESPACE = DataColumns.DATA2; 7541 } 7542 7543 /** 7544 * <p> 7545 * Convenient functionalities for "callable" data. Note that, this is NOT a separate data 7546 * kind. 7547 * </p> 7548 * <p> 7549 * This URI allows the ContactsProvider to return a unified result for "callable" data 7550 * that users can use for calling purposes. {@link Phone} and {@link SipAddress} are the 7551 * current examples for "callable", but may be expanded to the other types. 7552 * </p> 7553 * <p> 7554 * Each returned row may have a different MIMETYPE and thus different interpretation for 7555 * each column. For example the meaning for {@link Phone}'s type is different than 7556 * {@link SipAddress}'s. 7557 * </p> 7558 */ 7559 public static final class Callable implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7560 ContactCounts { 7561 /** 7562 * Similar to {@link Phone#CONTENT_URI}, but returns callable data instead of only 7563 * phone numbers. 7564 */ 7565 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 7566 "callables"); 7567 /** 7568 * Similar to {@link Phone#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, but allows users to filter callable 7569 * data. 7570 */ 7571 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(CONTENT_URI, 7572 "filter"); 7573 7574 /** 7575 * Similar to {@link Phone#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, but allows users to filter 7576 * callable data. This URI requires {@link ContactsContract#DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY} in 7577 * parameters, otherwise it will throw IllegalArgumentException. 7578 */ 7579 public static final Uri ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 7580 CONTENT_URI, "filter_enterprise"); 7581 } 7582 7583 /** 7584 * A special class of data items, used to refer to types of data that can be used to attempt 7585 * to start communicating with a person ({@link Phone} and {@link Email}). Note that this 7586 * is NOT a separate data kind. 7587 * 7588 * This URI allows the ContactsProvider to return a unified result for data items that users 7589 * can use to initiate communications with another contact. {@link Phone} and {@link Email} 7590 * are the current data types in this category. 7591 */ 7592 public static final class Contactables implements DataColumnsWithJoins, CommonColumns, 7593 ContactCounts { 7594 /** 7595 * The content:// style URI for these data items, which requests a directory of data 7596 * rows matching the selection criteria. 7597 */ 7598 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, 7599 "contactables"); 7600 7601 /** 7602 * The content:// style URI for these data items, which allows for a query parameter to 7603 * be appended onto the end to filter for data items matching the query. 7604 */ 7605 public static final Uri CONTENT_FILTER_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath( 7606 Contactables.CONTENT_URI, "filter"); 7607 7608 /** 7609 * A boolean parameter for {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}. 7610 * This specifies whether or not the returned data items should be filtered to show 7611 * data items belonging to visible contacts only. 7612 */ 7613 public static final String VISIBLE_CONTACTS_ONLY = "visible_contacts_only"; 7614 } 7615 } 7616 7617 /** 7618 * @see Groups 7619 */ 7620 protected interface GroupsColumns { 7621 /** 7622 * The data set within the account that this group belongs to. This allows 7623 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 7624 * each others' group data. 7625 * 7626 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 7627 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct group data 7628 * for the same account type and account name. 7629 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7630 */ 7631 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 7632 7633 /** 7634 * A concatenation of the account type and data set (delimited by a forward 7635 * slash) - if the data set is empty, this will be the same as the account 7636 * type. For applications that need to be aware of the data set, this can 7637 * be used instead of account type to distinguish sets of data. This is 7638 * never intended to be used for specifying accounts. 7639 * @hide 7640 */ 7641 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE_AND_DATA_SET = "account_type_and_data_set"; 7642 7643 /** 7644 * The display title of this group. 7645 * <p> 7646 * Type: TEXT 7647 */ 7648 public static final String TITLE = "title"; 7649 7650 /** 7651 * The package name to use when creating {@link Resources} objects for 7652 * this group. This value is only designed for use when building user 7653 * interfaces, and should not be used to infer the owner. 7654 */ 7655 public static final String RES_PACKAGE = "res_package"; 7656 7657 /** 7658 * The display title of this group to load as a resource from 7659 * {@link #RES_PACKAGE}, which may be localized. 7660 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7661 */ 7662 public static final String TITLE_RES = "title_res"; 7663 7664 /** 7665 * Notes about the group. 7666 * <p> 7667 * Type: TEXT 7668 */ 7669 public static final String NOTES = "notes"; 7670 7671 /** 7672 * The ID of this group if it is a System Group, i.e. a group that has a special meaning 7673 * to the sync adapter, null otherwise. 7674 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 7675 */ 7676 public static final String SYSTEM_ID = "system_id"; 7677 7678 /** 7679 * The total number of {@link Contacts} that have 7680 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group. Read-only value that is only 7681 * present when querying {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7682 * <p> 7683 * Type: INTEGER 7684 */ 7685 public static final String SUMMARY_COUNT = "summ_count"; 7686 7687 /** 7688 * A boolean query parameter that can be used with {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7689 * It will additionally return {@link #SUMMARY_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT}. 7690 * 7691 * @hide 7692 */ 7693 public static final String PARAM_RETURN_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT = 7694 "return_group_count_per_account"; 7695 7696 /** 7697 * The total number of groups of the account that a group belongs to. 7698 * This column is available only when the parameter 7699 * {@link #PARAM_RETURN_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT} is specified in 7700 * {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7701 * 7702 * For example, when the account "A" has two groups "group1" and "group2", and the account 7703 * "B" has a group "group3", the rows for "group1" and "group2" return "2" and the row for 7704 * "group3" returns "1" for this column. 7705 * 7706 * Note: This counts only non-favorites, non-auto-add, and not deleted groups. 7707 * 7708 * Type: INTEGER 7709 * @hide 7710 */ 7711 public static final String SUMMARY_GROUP_COUNT_PER_ACCOUNT = "group_count_per_account"; 7712 7713 /** 7714 * The total number of {@link Contacts} that have both 7715 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group, and also have phone numbers. 7716 * Read-only value that is only present when querying 7717 * {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}. 7718 * <p> 7719 * Type: INTEGER 7720 */ 7721 public static final String SUMMARY_WITH_PHONES = "summ_phones"; 7722 7723 /** 7724 * Flag indicating if the contacts belonging to this group should be 7725 * visible in any user interface. 7726 * <p> 7727 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7728 */ 7729 public static final String GROUP_VISIBLE = "group_visible"; 7730 7731 /** 7732 * The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 7733 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 7734 * called on a group, it is marked for deletion. The sync adaptor 7735 * deletes the group on the server and then calls ContactResolver.delete 7736 * once more, this time setting the the 7737 * {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} query parameter to 7738 * finalize the data removal. 7739 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7740 */ 7741 public static final String DELETED = "deleted"; 7742 7743 /** 7744 * Whether this group should be synced if the SYNC_EVERYTHING settings 7745 * is false for this group's account. 7746 * <p> 7747 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7748 */ 7749 public static final String SHOULD_SYNC = "should_sync"; 7750 7751 /** 7752 * Any newly created contacts will automatically be added to groups that have this 7753 * flag set to true. 7754 * <p> 7755 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7756 */ 7757 public static final String AUTO_ADD = "auto_add"; 7758 7759 /** 7760 * When a contacts is marked as a favorites it will be automatically added 7761 * to the groups that have this flag set, and when it is removed from favorites 7762 * it will be removed from these groups. 7763 * <p> 7764 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 7765 */ 7766 public static final String FAVORITES = "favorites"; 7767 7768 /** 7769 * The "read-only" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row cannot be modified or 7770 * deleted except by a sync adapter. See {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER}. 7771 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 7772 */ 7773 public static final String GROUP_IS_READ_ONLY = "group_is_read_only"; 7774 } 7775 7776 /** 7777 * Constants for the groups table. Only per-account groups are supported. 7778 * <h2>Columns</h2> 7779 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7780 * <tr> 7781 * <th colspan='4'>Groups</th> 7782 * </tr> 7783 * <tr> 7784 * <td>long</td> 7785 * <td>{@link #_ID}</td> 7786 * <td>read-only</td> 7787 * <td>Row ID. Sync adapter should try to preserve row IDs during updates. 7788 * In other words, it would be a really bad idea to delete and reinsert a 7789 * group. A sync adapter should always do an update instead.</td> 7790 * </tr> 7791 # <tr> 7792 * <td>String</td> 7793 * <td>{@link #DATA_SET}</td> 7794 * <td>read/write-once</td> 7795 * <td> 7796 * <p> 7797 * The data set within the account that this group belongs to. This allows 7798 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 7799 * each others' group data. The combination of {@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}, 7800 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}, and {@link #DATA_SET} identifies a set of data 7801 * that is associated with a single sync adapter. 7802 * </p> 7803 * <p> 7804 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 7805 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 7806 * the same account type and account name. 7807 * </p> 7808 * <p> 7809 * It should be set at the time the group is inserted and never changed 7810 * afterwards. 7811 * </p> 7812 * </td> 7813 * </tr> 7814 * <tr> 7815 * <td>String</td> 7816 * <td>{@link #TITLE}</td> 7817 * <td>read/write</td> 7818 * <td>The display title of this group.</td> 7819 * </tr> 7820 * <tr> 7821 * <td>String</td> 7822 * <td>{@link #NOTES}</td> 7823 * <td>read/write</td> 7824 * <td>Notes about the group.</td> 7825 * </tr> 7826 * <tr> 7827 * <td>String</td> 7828 * <td>{@link #SYSTEM_ID}</td> 7829 * <td>read/write</td> 7830 * <td>The ID of this group if it is a System Group, i.e. a group that has a 7831 * special meaning to the sync adapter, null otherwise.</td> 7832 * </tr> 7833 * <tr> 7834 * <td>int</td> 7835 * <td>{@link #SUMMARY_COUNT}</td> 7836 * <td>read-only</td> 7837 * <td>The total number of {@link Contacts} that have 7838 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group. Read-only value 7839 * that is only present when querying {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}.</td> 7840 * </tr> 7841 * <tr> 7842 * <td>int</td> 7843 * <td>{@link #SUMMARY_WITH_PHONES}</td> 7844 * <td>read-only</td> 7845 * <td>The total number of {@link Contacts} that have both 7846 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} in this group, and also have 7847 * phone numbers. Read-only value that is only present when querying 7848 * {@link Groups#CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI}.</td> 7849 * </tr> 7850 * <tr> 7851 * <td>int</td> 7852 * <td>{@link #GROUP_VISIBLE}</td> 7853 * <td>read-only</td> 7854 * <td>Flag indicating if the contacts belonging to this group should be 7855 * visible in any user interface. Allowed values: 0 and 1.</td> 7856 * </tr> 7857 * <tr> 7858 * <td>int</td> 7859 * <td>{@link #DELETED}</td> 7860 * <td>read/write</td> 7861 * <td>The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 7862 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 7863 * called on a group, it is marked for deletion. The sync adaptor deletes 7864 * the group on the server and then calls ContactResolver.delete once more, 7865 * this time setting the the {@link ContactsContract#CALLER_IS_SYNCADAPTER} 7866 * query parameter to finalize the data removal.</td> 7867 * </tr> 7868 * <tr> 7869 * <td>int</td> 7870 * <td>{@link #SHOULD_SYNC}</td> 7871 * <td>read/write</td> 7872 * <td>Whether this group should be synced if the SYNC_EVERYTHING settings 7873 * is false for this group's account.</td> 7874 * </tr> 7875 * </table> 7876 */ 7877 public static final class Groups implements BaseColumns, GroupsColumns, SyncColumns { 7878 /** 7879 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7880 */ 7881 private Groups() { 7882 } 7883 7884 /** 7885 * The content:// style URI for this table 7886 */ 7887 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "groups"); 7888 7889 /** 7890 * The content:// style URI for this table joined with details data from 7891 * {@link ContactsContract.Data}. 7892 */ 7893 public static final Uri CONTENT_SUMMARY_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, 7894 "groups_summary"); 7895 7896 /** 7897 * The MIME type of a directory of groups. 7898 */ 7899 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/group"; 7900 7901 /** 7902 * The MIME type of a single group. 7903 */ 7904 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/group"; 7905 7906 public static EntityIterator newEntityIterator(Cursor cursor) { 7907 return new EntityIteratorImpl(cursor); 7908 } 7909 7910 private static class EntityIteratorImpl extends CursorEntityIterator { 7911 public EntityIteratorImpl(Cursor cursor) { 7912 super(cursor); 7913 } 7914 7915 @Override 7916 public Entity getEntityAndIncrementCursor(Cursor cursor) throws RemoteException { 7917 // we expect the cursor is already at the row we need to read from 7918 final ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 7919 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, _ID); 7920 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, ACCOUNT_NAME); 7921 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, ACCOUNT_TYPE); 7922 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, DIRTY); 7923 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, VERSION); 7924 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SOURCE_ID); 7925 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, RES_PACKAGE); 7926 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, TITLE); 7927 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, TITLE_RES); 7928 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, GROUP_VISIBLE); 7929 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC1); 7930 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC2); 7931 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC3); 7932 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYNC4); 7933 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SYSTEM_ID); 7934 DatabaseUtils.cursorLongToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, DELETED); 7935 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, NOTES); 7936 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, SHOULD_SYNC); 7937 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, FAVORITES); 7938 DatabaseUtils.cursorStringToContentValuesIfPresent(cursor, values, AUTO_ADD); 7939 cursor.moveToNext(); 7940 return new Entity(values); 7941 } 7942 } 7943 } 7944 7945 /** 7946 * <p> 7947 * Constants for the contact aggregation exceptions table, which contains 7948 * aggregation rules overriding those used by automatic aggregation. This 7949 * type only supports query and update. Neither insert nor delete are 7950 * supported. 7951 * </p> 7952 * <h2>Columns</h2> 7953 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 7954 * <tr> 7955 * <th colspan='4'>AggregationExceptions</th> 7956 * </tr> 7957 * <tr> 7958 * <td>int</td> 7959 * <td>{@link #TYPE}</td> 7960 * <td>read/write</td> 7961 * <td>The type of exception: {@link #TYPE_KEEP_TOGETHER}, 7962 * {@link #TYPE_KEEP_SEPARATE} or {@link #TYPE_AUTOMATIC}.</td> 7963 * </tr> 7964 * <tr> 7965 * <td>long</td> 7966 * <td>{@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID1}</td> 7967 * <td>read/write</td> 7968 * <td>A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact that 7969 * the rule applies to.</td> 7970 * </tr> 7971 * <tr> 7972 * <td>long</td> 7973 * <td>{@link #RAW_CONTACT_ID2}</td> 7974 * <td>read/write</td> 7975 * <td>A reference to the other {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact 7976 * that the rule applies to.</td> 7977 * </tr> 7978 * </table> 7979 */ 7980 public static final class AggregationExceptions implements BaseColumns { 7981 /** 7982 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 7983 */ 7984 private AggregationExceptions() {} 7985 7986 /** 7987 * The content:// style URI for this table 7988 */ 7989 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 7990 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "aggregation_exceptions"); 7991 7992 /** 7993 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of data. 7994 */ 7995 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/aggregation_exception"; 7996 7997 /** 7998 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of an aggregation exception 7999 */ 8000 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 8001 "vnd.android.cursor.item/aggregation_exception"; 8002 8003 /** 8004 * The type of exception: {@link #TYPE_KEEP_TOGETHER}, {@link #TYPE_KEEP_SEPARATE} or 8005 * {@link #TYPE_AUTOMATIC}. 8006 * 8007 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 8008 */ 8009 public static final String TYPE = "type"; 8010 8011 /** 8012 * Allows the provider to automatically decide whether the specified raw contacts should 8013 * be included in the same aggregate contact or not. 8014 */ 8015 public static final int TYPE_AUTOMATIC = 0; 8016 8017 /** 8018 * Makes sure that the specified raw contacts are included in the same 8019 * aggregate contact. 8020 */ 8021 public static final int TYPE_KEEP_TOGETHER = 1; 8022 8023 /** 8024 * Makes sure that the specified raw contacts are NOT included in the same 8025 * aggregate contact. 8026 */ 8027 public static final int TYPE_KEEP_SEPARATE = 2; 8028 8029 /** 8030 * A reference to the {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact that the rule applies to. 8031 */ 8032 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID1 = "raw_contact_id1"; 8033 8034 /** 8035 * A reference to the other {@link RawContacts#_ID} of the raw contact that the rule 8036 * applies to. 8037 */ 8038 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_ID2 = "raw_contact_id2"; 8039 } 8040 8041 /** 8042 * @see Settings 8043 */ 8044 protected interface SettingsColumns { 8045 /** 8046 * The name of the account instance to which this row belongs. 8047 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 8048 */ 8049 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 8050 8051 /** 8052 * The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 8053 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account. 8054 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 8055 */ 8056 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 8057 8058 /** 8059 * The data set within the account that this row belongs to. This allows 8060 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 8061 * each others' data. 8062 * 8063 * This is empty by default, and is completely optional. It only needs to 8064 * be populated if multiple sync adapters are entering distinct data for 8065 * the same account type and account name. 8066 * <P>Type: TEXT</P> 8067 */ 8068 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 8069 8070 /** 8071 * Depending on the mode defined by the sync-adapter, this flag controls 8072 * the top-level sync behavior for this data source. 8073 * <p> 8074 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 8075 */ 8076 public static final String SHOULD_SYNC = "should_sync"; 8077 8078 /** 8079 * Flag indicating if contacts without any {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} 8080 * entries should be visible in any user interface. 8081 * <p> 8082 * Type: INTEGER (boolean) 8083 */ 8084 public static final String UNGROUPED_VISIBLE = "ungrouped_visible"; 8085 8086 /** 8087 * Read-only flag indicating if this {@link #SHOULD_SYNC} or any 8088 * {@link Groups#SHOULD_SYNC} under this account have been marked as 8089 * unsynced. 8090 */ 8091 public static final String ANY_UNSYNCED = "any_unsynced"; 8092 8093 /** 8094 * Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 8095 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries. 8096 * <p> 8097 * Type: INTEGER 8098 */ 8099 public static final String UNGROUPED_COUNT = "summ_count"; 8100 8101 /** 8102 * Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 8103 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries, and also have phone numbers. 8104 * <p> 8105 * Type: INTEGER 8106 */ 8107 public static final String UNGROUPED_WITH_PHONES = "summ_phones"; 8108 } 8109 8110 /** 8111 * <p> 8112 * Contacts-specific settings for various {@link Account}'s. 8113 * </p> 8114 * <h2>Columns</h2> 8115 * <table class="jd-sumtable"> 8116 * <tr> 8117 * <th colspan='4'>Settings</th> 8118 * </tr> 8119 * <tr> 8120 * <td>String</td> 8121 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_NAME}</td> 8122 * <td>read/write-once</td> 8123 * <td>The name of the account instance to which this row belongs.</td> 8124 * </tr> 8125 * <tr> 8126 * <td>String</td> 8127 * <td>{@link #ACCOUNT_TYPE}</td> 8128 * <td>read/write-once</td> 8129 * <td>The type of account to which this row belongs, which when paired with 8130 * {@link #ACCOUNT_NAME} identifies a specific account.</td> 8131 * </tr> 8132 * <tr> 8133 * <td>int</td> 8134 * <td>{@link #SHOULD_SYNC}</td> 8135 * <td>read/write</td> 8136 * <td>Depending on the mode defined by the sync-adapter, this flag controls 8137 * the top-level sync behavior for this data source.</td> 8138 * </tr> 8139 * <tr> 8140 * <td>int</td> 8141 * <td>{@link #UNGROUPED_VISIBLE}</td> 8142 * <td>read/write</td> 8143 * <td>Flag indicating if contacts without any 8144 * {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries should be visible in any 8145 * user interface.</td> 8146 * </tr> 8147 * <tr> 8148 * <td>int</td> 8149 * <td>{@link #ANY_UNSYNCED}</td> 8150 * <td>read-only</td> 8151 * <td>Read-only flag indicating if this {@link #SHOULD_SYNC} or any 8152 * {@link Groups#SHOULD_SYNC} under this account have been marked as 8153 * unsynced.</td> 8154 * </tr> 8155 * <tr> 8156 * <td>int</td> 8157 * <td>{@link #UNGROUPED_COUNT}</td> 8158 * <td>read-only</td> 8159 * <td>Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 8160 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries.</td> 8161 * </tr> 8162 * <tr> 8163 * <td>int</td> 8164 * <td>{@link #UNGROUPED_WITH_PHONES}</td> 8165 * <td>read-only</td> 8166 * <td>Read-only count of {@link Contacts} from a specific source that have 8167 * no {@link CommonDataKinds.GroupMembership} entries, and also have phone 8168 * numbers.</td> 8169 * </tr> 8170 * </table> 8171 */ 8172 public static final class Settings implements SettingsColumns { 8173 /** 8174 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 8175 */ 8176 private Settings() { 8177 } 8178 8179 /** 8180 * The content:// style URI for this table 8181 */ 8182 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 8183 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "settings"); 8184 8185 /** 8186 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 8187 * settings. 8188 */ 8189 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/setting"; 8190 8191 /** 8192 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a single setting. 8193 */ 8194 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/setting"; 8195 } 8196 8197 /** 8198 * API for inquiring about the general status of the provider. 8199 */ 8200 public static final class ProviderStatus { 8201 8202 /** 8203 * Not instantiable. 8204 */ 8205 private ProviderStatus() { 8206 } 8207 8208 /** 8209 * The content:// style URI for this table. Requests to this URI can be 8210 * performed on the UI thread because they are always unblocking. 8211 */ 8212 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 8213 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "provider_status"); 8214 8215 /** 8216 * The MIME-type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of 8217 * settings. 8218 */ 8219 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/provider_status"; 8220 8221 /** 8222 * An integer representing the current status of the provider. 8223 */ 8224 public static final String STATUS = "status"; 8225 8226 /** 8227 * Default status of the provider. 8228 */ 8229 public static final int STATUS_NORMAL = 0; 8230 8231 /** 8232 * The provider won't respond to queries. It is in the middle of a long running task, such 8233 * as a database upgrade or locale change. 8234 */ 8235 public static final int STATUS_BUSY = 1; 8236 8237 /** 8238 * The status that indicates that there are no accounts and no contacts 8239 * on the device. 8240 */ 8241 public static final int STATUS_EMPTY = 2; 8242 8243 /** 8244 * Timestamp (milliseconds since epoch) of when the provider's database was created. 8245 * 8246 * <P>Type: long 8247 */ 8248 public static final String DATABASE_CREATION_TIMESTAMP = "database_creation_timestamp"; 8249 } 8250 8251 /** 8252 * <p> 8253 * API allowing applications to send usage information for each {@link Data} row to the 8254 * Contacts Provider. Applications can also clear all usage information. 8255 * </p> 8256 * <p> 8257 * With the feedback, Contacts Provider may return more contextually appropriate results for 8258 * Data listing, typically supplied with 8259 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, 8260 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Email#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, 8261 * {@link ContactsContract.CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_FILTER_URI}, and users can benefit 8262 * from better ranked (sorted) lists in applications that show auto-complete list. 8263 * </p> 8264 * <p> 8265 * There is no guarantee for how this feedback is used, or even whether it is used at all. 8266 * The ranking algorithm will make best efforts to use the feedback data, but the exact 8267 * implementation, the storage data structures as well as the resulting sort order is device 8268 * and version specific and can change over time. 8269 * </p> 8270 * <p> 8271 * When updating usage information, users of this API need to use 8272 * {@link ContentResolver#update(Uri, ContentValues, String, String[])} with a Uri constructed 8273 * from {@link DataUsageFeedback#FEEDBACK_URI}. The Uri must contain one or more data id(s) as 8274 * its last path. They also need to append a query parameter to the Uri, to specify the type of 8275 * the communication, which enables the Contacts Provider to differentiate between kinds of 8276 * interactions using the same contact data field (for example a phone number can be used to 8277 * make phone calls or send SMS). 8278 * </p> 8279 * <p> 8280 * Selection and selectionArgs are ignored and must be set to null. To get data ids, 8281 * you may need to call {@link ContentResolver#query(Uri, String[], String, String[], String)} 8282 * toward {@link Data#CONTENT_URI}. 8283 * </p> 8284 * <p> 8285 * {@link ContentResolver#update(Uri, ContentValues, String, String[])} returns a positive 8286 * integer when successful, and returns 0 if no contact with that id was found. 8287 * </p> 8288 * <p> 8289 * Example: 8290 * <pre> 8291 * Uri uri = DataUsageFeedback.FEEDBACK_URI.buildUpon() 8292 * .appendPath(TextUtils.join(",", dataIds)) 8293 * .appendQueryParameter(DataUsageFeedback.USAGE_TYPE, 8294 * DataUsageFeedback.USAGE_TYPE_CALL) 8295 * .build(); 8296 * boolean successful = resolver.update(uri, new ContentValues(), null, null) > 0; 8297 * </pre> 8298 * </p> 8299 * <p> 8300 * Applications can also clear all usage information with: 8301 * <pre> 8302 * boolean successful = resolver.delete(DataUsageFeedback.DELETE_USAGE_URI, null, null) > 0; 8303 * </pre> 8304 * </p> 8305 */ 8306 public static final class DataUsageFeedback { 8307 8308 /** 8309 * The content:// style URI for sending usage feedback. 8310 * Must be used with {@link ContentResolver#update(Uri, ContentValues, String, String[])}. 8311 */ 8312 public static final Uri FEEDBACK_URI = 8313 Uri.withAppendedPath(Data.CONTENT_URI, "usagefeedback"); 8314 8315 /** 8316 * The content:// style URI for deleting all usage information. 8317 * Must be used with {@link ContentResolver#delete(Uri, String, String[])}. 8318 * The {@code where} and {@code selectionArgs} parameters are ignored. 8319 */ 8320 public static final Uri DELETE_USAGE_URI = 8321 Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, "delete_usage"); 8322 8323 /** 8324 * <p> 8325 * Name for query parameter specifying the type of data usage. 8326 * </p> 8327 */ 8328 public static final String USAGE_TYPE = "type"; 8329 8330 /** 8331 * <p> 8332 * Type of usage for voice interaction, which includes phone call, voice chat, and 8333 * video chat. 8334 * </p> 8335 */ 8336 public static final String USAGE_TYPE_CALL = "call"; 8337 8338 /** 8339 * <p> 8340 * Type of usage for text interaction involving longer messages, which includes email. 8341 * </p> 8342 */ 8343 public static final String USAGE_TYPE_LONG_TEXT = "long_text"; 8344 8345 /** 8346 * <p> 8347 * Type of usage for text interaction involving shorter messages, which includes SMS, 8348 * text chat with email addresses. 8349 * </p> 8350 */ 8351 public static final String USAGE_TYPE_SHORT_TEXT = "short_text"; 8352 } 8353 8354 /** 8355 * <p> 8356 * Contact-specific information about whether or not a contact has been pinned by the user 8357 * at a particular position within the system contact application's user interface. 8358 * </p> 8359 * 8360 * <p> 8361 * This pinning information can be used by individual applications to customize how 8362 * they order particular pinned contacts. For example, a Dialer application could 8363 * use pinned information to order user-pinned contacts in a top row of favorites. 8364 * </p> 8365 * 8366 * <p> 8367 * It is possible for two or more contacts to occupy the same pinned position (due 8368 * to aggregation and sync), so this pinning information should be used on a best-effort 8369 * basis to order contacts in-application rather than an absolute guide on where a contact 8370 * should be positioned. Contacts returned by the ContactsProvider will not be ordered based 8371 * on this information, so it is up to the client application to reorder these contacts within 8372 * their own UI adhering to (or ignoring as appropriate) information stored in the pinned 8373 * column. 8374 * </p> 8375 * 8376 * <p> 8377 * By default, unpinned contacts will have a pinned position of 8378 * {@link PinnedPositions#UNPINNED}. Client-provided pinned positions can be positive 8379 * integers that are greater than 1. 8380 * </p> 8381 */ 8382 public static final class PinnedPositions { 8383 /** 8384 * The method to invoke in order to undemote a formerly demoted contact. The contact id of 8385 * the contact must be provided as an argument. If the contact was not previously demoted, 8386 * nothing will be done. 8387 * @hide 8388 */ 8389 public static final String UNDEMOTE_METHOD = "undemote"; 8390 8391 /** 8392 * Undemotes a formerly demoted contact. If the contact was not previously demoted, nothing 8393 * will be done. 8394 * 8395 * @param contentResolver to perform the undemote operation on. 8396 * @param contactId the id of the contact to undemote. 8397 */ 8398 public static void undemote(ContentResolver contentResolver, long contactId) { 8399 contentResolver.call(ContactsContract.AUTHORITY_URI, PinnedPositions.UNDEMOTE_METHOD, 8400 String.valueOf(contactId), null); 8401 } 8402 8403 /** 8404 * Pins a contact at a provided position, or unpins a contact. 8405 * 8406 * @param contentResolver to perform the pinning operation on. 8407 * @param pinnedPosition the position to pin the contact at. To unpin a contact, use 8408 * {@link PinnedPositions#UNPINNED}. 8409 */ 8410 public static void pin( 8411 ContentResolver contentResolver, long contactId, int pinnedPosition) { 8412 final Uri uri = Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_URI, String.valueOf(contactId)); 8413 final ContentValues values = new ContentValues(); 8414 values.put(Contacts.PINNED, pinnedPosition); 8415 contentResolver.update(uri, values, null, null); 8416 } 8417 8418 /** 8419 * Default value for the pinned position of an unpinned contact. 8420 */ 8421 public static final int UNPINNED = 0; 8422 8423 /** 8424 * Value of pinned position for a contact that a user has indicated should be considered 8425 * of the lowest priority. It is up to the client application to determine how to present 8426 * such a contact - for example all the way at the bottom of a contact list, or simply 8427 * just hidden from view. 8428 */ 8429 public static final int DEMOTED = -1; 8430 } 8431 8432 /** 8433 * Helper methods to display QuickContact dialogs that display all the information belonging to 8434 * a specific {@link Contacts} entry. 8435 */ 8436 public static final class QuickContact { 8437 /** 8438 * Action used to launch the system contacts application and bring up a QuickContact dialog 8439 * for the provided {@link Contacts} entry. 8440 */ 8441 @SdkConstant(SdkConstantType.ACTIVITY_INTENT_ACTION) 8442 public static final String ACTION_QUICK_CONTACT = 8443 "android.provider.action.QUICK_CONTACT"; 8444 8445 /** 8446 * Extra used to specify pivot dialog location in screen coordinates. 8447 * @deprecated Use {@link Intent#setSourceBounds(Rect)} instead. 8448 * @hide 8449 */ 8450 @Deprecated 8451 public static final String EXTRA_TARGET_RECT = "android.provider.extra.TARGET_RECT"; 8452 8453 /** 8454 * Extra used to specify size of QuickContacts. Not all implementations of QuickContacts 8455 * will respect this extra's value. 8456 * 8457 * One of {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or {@link #MODE_LARGE}. 8458 */ 8459 public static final String EXTRA_MODE = "android.provider.extra.MODE"; 8460 8461 /** 8462 * Extra used to specify which mimetype should be prioritized in the QuickContacts UI. 8463 * For example, passing the value {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} can 8464 * cause phone numbers to be displayed more prominently in QuickContacts. 8465 */ 8466 public static final String EXTRA_PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE 8467 = "android.provider.extra.PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE"; 8468 8469 /** 8470 * Extra used to indicate a list of specific MIME-types to exclude and not display in the 8471 * QuickContacts dialog. Stored as a {@link String} array. 8472 */ 8473 public static final String EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES = "android.provider.extra.EXCLUDE_MIMES"; 8474 8475 /** 8476 * Small QuickContact mode, usually presented with minimal actions. 8477 */ 8478 public static final int MODE_SMALL = 1; 8479 8480 /** 8481 * Medium QuickContact mode, includes actions and light summary describing 8482 * the {@link Contacts} entry being shown. This may include social 8483 * status and presence details. 8484 */ 8485 public static final int MODE_MEDIUM = 2; 8486 8487 /** 8488 * Large QuickContact mode, includes actions and larger, card-like summary 8489 * of the {@link Contacts} entry being shown. This may include detailed 8490 * information, such as a photo. 8491 */ 8492 public static final int MODE_LARGE = 3; 8493 8494 /** @hide */ 8495 public static final int MODE_DEFAULT = MODE_LARGE; 8496 8497 /** 8498 * Constructs the QuickContacts intent with a view's rect. 8499 * @hide 8500 */ 8501 public static Intent composeQuickContactsIntent(Context context, View target, Uri lookupUri, 8502 int mode, String[] excludeMimes) { 8503 // Find location and bounds of target view, adjusting based on the 8504 // assumed local density. 8505 final float appScale = context.getResources().getCompatibilityInfo().applicationScale; 8506 final int[] pos = new int[2]; 8507 target.getLocationOnScreen(pos); 8508 8509 final Rect rect = new Rect(); 8510 rect.left = (int) (pos[0] * appScale + 0.5f); 8511 rect.top = (int) (pos[1] * appScale + 0.5f); 8512 rect.right = (int) ((pos[0] + target.getWidth()) * appScale + 0.5f); 8513 rect.bottom = (int) ((pos[1] + target.getHeight()) * appScale + 0.5f); 8514 8515 return composeQuickContactsIntent(context, rect, lookupUri, mode, excludeMimes); 8516 } 8517 8518 /** 8519 * Constructs the QuickContacts intent. 8520 * @hide 8521 */ 8522 public static Intent composeQuickContactsIntent(Context context, Rect target, 8523 Uri lookupUri, int mode, String[] excludeMimes) { 8524 // When launching from an Activiy, we don't want to start a new task, but otherwise 8525 // we *must* start a new task. (Otherwise startActivity() would crash.) 8526 Context actualContext = context; 8527 while ((actualContext instanceof ContextWrapper) 8528 && !(actualContext instanceof Activity)) { 8529 actualContext = ((ContextWrapper) actualContext).getBaseContext(); 8530 } 8531 final int intentFlags = ((actualContext instanceof Activity) 8532 ? 0 : Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_NEW_TASK | Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_CLEAR_TASK) 8533 // Workaround for b/16898764. Declaring singleTop in manifest doesn't work. 8534 | Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_SINGLE_TOP; 8535 8536 // Launch pivot dialog through intent for now 8537 final Intent intent = new Intent(ACTION_QUICK_CONTACT).addFlags(intentFlags); 8538 8539 // NOTE: This logic and rebuildManagedQuickContactsIntent() must be in sync. 8540 intent.setData(lookupUri); 8541 intent.setSourceBounds(target); 8542 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_MODE, mode); 8543 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES, excludeMimes); 8544 return intent; 8545 } 8546 8547 /** 8548 * Constructs a QuickContacts intent based on an incoming intent for DevicePolicyManager 8549 * to strip off anything not necessary. 8550 * 8551 * @hide 8552 */ 8553 public static Intent rebuildManagedQuickContactsIntent(String lookupKey, long contactId, 8554 boolean isContactIdIgnored, long directoryId, Intent originalIntent) { 8555 final Intent intent = new Intent(ACTION_QUICK_CONTACT); 8556 // Rebuild the URI from a lookup key and a contact ID. 8557 Uri uri = null; 8558 if (!TextUtils.isEmpty(lookupKey)) { 8559 uri = isContactIdIgnored 8560 ? Uri.withAppendedPath(Contacts.CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI, lookupKey) 8561 : Contacts.getLookupUri(contactId, lookupKey); 8562 } 8563 if (uri != null && directoryId != Directory.DEFAULT) { 8564 uri = uri.buildUpon().appendQueryParameter( 8565 ContactsContract.DIRECTORY_PARAM_KEY, String.valueOf(directoryId)).build(); 8566 } 8567 intent.setData(uri); 8568 8569 // Copy flags and always set NEW_TASK because it won't have a parent activity. 8570 intent.setFlags(originalIntent.getFlags() | Intent.FLAG_ACTIVITY_NEW_TASK); 8571 8572 // Copy extras. 8573 intent.setSourceBounds(originalIntent.getSourceBounds()); 8574 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_MODE, originalIntent.getIntExtra(EXTRA_MODE, MODE_DEFAULT)); 8575 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES, 8576 originalIntent.getStringArrayExtra(EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES)); 8577 return intent; 8578 } 8579 8580 8581 /** 8582 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8583 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8584 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8585 * include social status and presence details. 8586 * 8587 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8588 * parent for this dialog. 8589 * @param target Specific {@link View} from your layout that this dialog 8590 * should be centered around. In particular, if the dialog 8591 * has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and centered 8592 * around this {@link View}. 8593 * @param lookupUri A {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8594 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8595 * in this dialog. A work lookup uri is supported here, 8596 * see {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} and 8597 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 8598 * @param mode Any of {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or 8599 * {@link #MODE_LARGE}, indicating the desired dialog size, 8600 * when supported. 8601 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8602 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8603 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8604 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8605 */ 8606 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, View target, Uri lookupUri, int mode, 8607 String[] excludeMimes) { 8608 // Trigger with obtained rectangle 8609 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, mode, 8610 excludeMimes); 8611 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8612 } 8613 8614 /** 8615 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8616 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8617 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8618 * include social status and presence details. 8619 * 8620 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8621 * parent for this dialog. 8622 * @param target Specific {@link Rect} that this dialog should be 8623 * centered around, in screen coordinates. In particular, if 8624 * the dialog has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and 8625 * centered around this {@link Rect}. If you are running at a 8626 * non-native density, you need to manually adjust using 8627 * {@link DisplayMetrics#density} before calling. 8628 * @param lookupUri A 8629 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8630 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8631 * in this dialog. A work lookup uri is supported here, 8632 * see {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} and 8633 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 8634 * @param mode Any of {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or 8635 * {@link #MODE_LARGE}, indicating the desired dialog size, 8636 * when supported. 8637 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8638 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8639 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8640 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8641 */ 8642 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, Rect target, Uri lookupUri, int mode, 8643 String[] excludeMimes) { 8644 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, mode, 8645 excludeMimes); 8646 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8647 } 8648 8649 /** 8650 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8651 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8652 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8653 * include social status and presence details. 8654 * 8655 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8656 * parent for this dialog. 8657 * @param target Specific {@link View} from your layout that this dialog 8658 * should be centered around. In particular, if the dialog 8659 * has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and centered 8660 * around this {@link View}. 8661 * @param lookupUri A 8662 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8663 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8664 * in this dialog. A work lookup uri is supported here, 8665 * see {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} and 8666 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 8667 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8668 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8669 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8670 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8671 * @param prioritizedMimeType This mimetype should be prioritized in the QuickContacts UI. 8672 * For example, passing the value 8673 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} can cause phone numbers to be 8674 * displayed more prominently in QuickContacts. 8675 */ 8676 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, View target, Uri lookupUri, 8677 String[] excludeMimes, String prioritizedMimeType) { 8678 // Use MODE_LARGE instead of accepting mode as a parameter. The different mode 8679 // values defined in ContactsContract only affect very old implementations 8680 // of QuickContacts. 8681 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, MODE_DEFAULT, 8682 excludeMimes); 8683 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE, prioritizedMimeType); 8684 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8685 } 8686 8687 /** 8688 * Trigger a dialog that lists the various methods of interacting with 8689 * the requested {@link Contacts} entry. This may be based on available 8690 * {@link ContactsContract.Data} rows under that contact, and may also 8691 * include social status and presence details. 8692 * 8693 * @param context The parent {@link Context} that may be used as the 8694 * parent for this dialog. 8695 * @param target Specific {@link Rect} that this dialog should be 8696 * centered around, in screen coordinates. In particular, if 8697 * the dialog has a "callout" arrow, it will be pointed and 8698 * centered around this {@link Rect}. If you are running at a 8699 * non-native density, you need to manually adjust using 8700 * {@link DisplayMetrics#density} before calling. 8701 * @param lookupUri A 8702 * {@link ContactsContract.Contacts#CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} style 8703 * {@link Uri} that describes a specific contact to feature 8704 * in this dialog. A work lookup uri is supported here, 8705 * see {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_LOOKUP_URI} and 8706 * {@link PhoneLookup#ENTERPRISE_CONTENT_FILTER_URI}. 8707 * @param excludeMimes Optional list of {@link Data#MIMETYPE} MIME-types 8708 * to exclude when showing this dialog. For example, when 8709 * already viewing the contact details card, this can be used 8710 * to omit the details entry from the dialog. 8711 * @param prioritizedMimeType This mimetype should be prioritized in the QuickContacts UI. 8712 * For example, passing the value 8713 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone#CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE} can cause phone numbers to be 8714 * displayed more prominently in QuickContacts. 8715 */ 8716 public static void showQuickContact(Context context, Rect target, Uri lookupUri, 8717 String[] excludeMimes, String prioritizedMimeType) { 8718 // Use MODE_LARGE instead of accepting mode as a parameter. The different mode 8719 // values defined in ContactsContract only affect very old implementations 8720 // of QuickContacts. 8721 Intent intent = composeQuickContactsIntent(context, target, lookupUri, MODE_DEFAULT, 8722 excludeMimes); 8723 intent.putExtra(EXTRA_PRIORITIZED_MIMETYPE, prioritizedMimeType); 8724 ContactsInternal.startQuickContactWithErrorToast(context, intent); 8725 } 8726 } 8727 8728 /** 8729 * Helper class for accessing full-size photos by photo file ID. 8730 * <p> 8731 * Usage example: 8732 * <dl> 8733 * <dt>Retrieving a full-size photo by photo file ID (see 8734 * {@link ContactsContract.ContactsColumns#PHOTO_FILE_ID}) 8735 * </dt> 8736 * <dd> 8737 * <pre> 8738 * public InputStream openDisplayPhoto(long photoFileId) { 8739 * Uri displayPhotoUri = ContentUris.withAppendedId(DisplayPhoto.CONTENT_URI, photoKey); 8740 * try { 8741 * AssetFileDescriptor fd = getContentResolver().openAssetFileDescriptor( 8742 * displayPhotoUri, "r"); 8743 * return fd.createInputStream(); 8744 * } catch (IOException e) { 8745 * return null; 8746 * } 8747 * } 8748 * </pre> 8749 * </dd> 8750 * </dl> 8751 * </p> 8752 */ 8753 public static final class DisplayPhoto { 8754 /** 8755 * no public constructor since this is a utility class 8756 */ 8757 private DisplayPhoto() {} 8758 8759 /** 8760 * The content:// style URI for this class, which allows access to full-size photos, 8761 * given a key. 8762 */ 8763 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "display_photo"); 8764 8765 /** 8766 * This URI allows the caller to query for the maximum dimensions of a display photo 8767 * or thumbnail. Requests to this URI can be performed on the UI thread because 8768 * they are always unblocking. 8769 */ 8770 public static final Uri CONTENT_MAX_DIMENSIONS_URI = 8771 Uri.withAppendedPath(AUTHORITY_URI, "photo_dimensions"); 8772 8773 /** 8774 * Queries to {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_MAX_DIMENSIONS_URI} will 8775 * contain this column, populated with the maximum height and width (in pixels) 8776 * that will be stored for a display photo. Larger photos will be down-sized to 8777 * fit within a square of this many pixels. 8778 */ 8779 public static final String DISPLAY_MAX_DIM = "display_max_dim"; 8780 8781 /** 8782 * Queries to {@link ContactsContract.DisplayPhoto#CONTENT_MAX_DIMENSIONS_URI} will 8783 * contain this column, populated with the height and width (in pixels) for photo 8784 * thumbnails. 8785 */ 8786 public static final String THUMBNAIL_MAX_DIM = "thumbnail_max_dim"; 8787 } 8788 8789 /** 8790 * Contains helper classes used to create or manage {@link android.content.Intent Intents} 8791 * that involve contacts. 8792 */ 8793 public static final class Intents { 8794 /** 8795 * This is the intent that is fired when a search suggestion is clicked on. 8796 */ 8797 public static final String SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CLICKED = 8798 "android.provider.Contacts.SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CLICKED"; 8799 8800 /** 8801 * This is the intent that is fired when a search suggestion for dialing a number 8802 * is clicked on. 8803 */ 8804 public static final String SEARCH_SUGGESTION_DIAL_NUMBER_CLICKED = 8805 "android.provider.Contacts.SEARCH_SUGGESTION_DIAL_NUMBER_CLICKED"; 8806 8807 /** 8808 * This is the intent that is fired when a search suggestion for creating a contact 8809 * is clicked on. 8810 */ 8811 public static final String SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CREATE_CONTACT_CLICKED = 8812 "android.provider.Contacts.SEARCH_SUGGESTION_CREATE_CONTACT_CLICKED"; 8813 8814 /** 8815 * This is the intent that is fired when the contacts database is created. <p> The 8816 * READ_CONTACT permission is required to receive these broadcasts. 8817 * 8818 * <p>Because this is an implicit broadcast, apps targeting Android O will no longer 8819 * receive this broadcast via a manifest broadcast receiver. (Broadcast receivers 8820 * registered at runtime with 8821 * {@link Context#registerReceiver(BroadcastReceiver, IntentFilter)} will still receive it.) 8822 * Instead, an app can use {@link ProviderStatus#DATABASE_CREATION_TIMESTAMP} to see if the 8823 * contacts database has been initialized when it starts. 8824 */ 8825 public static final String CONTACTS_DATABASE_CREATED = 8826 "android.provider.Contacts.DATABASE_CREATED"; 8827 8828 /** 8829 * Starts an Activity that lets the user pick a contact to attach an image to. 8830 * After picking the contact it launches the image cropper in face detection mode. 8831 */ 8832 public static final String ATTACH_IMAGE = 8833 "com.android.contacts.action.ATTACH_IMAGE"; 8834 8835 /** 8836 * This is the intent that is fired when the user clicks the "invite to the network" button 8837 * on a contact. Only sent to an activity which is explicitly registered by a contact 8838 * provider which supports the "invite to the network" feature. 8839 * <p> 8840 * {@link Intent#getData()} contains the lookup URI for the contact. 8841 */ 8842 public static final String INVITE_CONTACT = 8843 "com.android.contacts.action.INVITE_CONTACT"; 8844 8845 /** 8846 * Takes as input a data URI with a mailto: or tel: scheme. If a single 8847 * contact exists with the given data it will be shown. If no contact 8848 * exists, a dialog will ask the user if they want to create a new 8849 * contact with the provided details filled in. If multiple contacts 8850 * share the data the user will be prompted to pick which contact they 8851 * want to view. 8852 * <p> 8853 * For <code>mailto:</code> URIs, the scheme specific portion must be a 8854 * raw email address, such as one built using 8855 * {@link Uri#fromParts(String, String, String)}. 8856 * <p> 8857 * For <code>tel:</code> URIs, the scheme specific portion is compared 8858 * to existing numbers using the standard caller ID lookup algorithm. 8859 * The number must be properly encoded, for example using 8860 * {@link Uri#fromParts(String, String, String)}. 8861 * <p> 8862 * Any extras from the {@link Insert} class will be passed along to the 8863 * create activity if there are no contacts to show. 8864 * <p> 8865 * Passing true for the {@link #EXTRA_FORCE_CREATE} extra will skip 8866 * prompting the user when the contact doesn't exist. 8867 */ 8868 public static final String SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT = 8869 "com.android.contacts.action.SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT"; 8870 8871 /** 8872 * Activity Action: Initiate a message to someone by voice. The message could be text, 8873 * audio, video or image(photo). This action supports messaging with a specific contact 8874 * regardless of the underlying messaging protocol used. 8875 * <p> 8876 * The action could be originated from the Voice Assistant as a voice interaction. In such 8877 * case, a receiving activity that supports {@link android.content.Intent#CATEGORY_VOICE} 8878 * could check return value of {@link android.app.Activity#isVoiceInteractionRoot} before 8879 * proceeding. By doing this check the activity verifies that the action indeed was 8880 * initiated by Voice Assistant and could send a message right away, without any further 8881 * input from the user. This allows for a smooth user experience when sending a message by 8882 * voice. Note: this activity must also support the {@link 8883 * android.content.Intent#CATEGORY_DEFAULT} so it can be found by {@link 8884 * android.service.voice.VoiceInteractionSession#startVoiceActivity}. 8885 * <p> 8886 * When the action was not initiated by Voice Assistant or when the receiving activity does 8887 * not support {@link android.content.Intent#CATEGORY_VOICE}, the activity must confirm 8888 * with the user before sending the message (because in this case it is unknown which app 8889 * sent the intent, it could be malicious). 8890 * <p> 8891 * To allow the Voice Assistant to help users with contacts disambiguation, the messaging 8892 * app may choose to integrate with the Contacts Provider. You will need to specify a new 8893 * MIME type in order to store your apps unique contact IDs and optional human readable 8894 * labels in the Data table. The Voice Assistant needs to know this MIME type and {@link 8895 * RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} that you are using in order to provide the smooth contact 8896 * disambiguation user experience. The following convention should be met when performing 8897 * such integration: 8898 * <ul> 8899 * <li>This activity should have a string meta-data field associated with it, {@link 8900 * #METADATA_ACCOUNT_TYPE}, which defines {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} for your Contacts 8901 * Provider implementation. The account type should be globally unique, for example you can 8902 * use your app package name as the account type.</li> 8903 * <li>This activity should have a string meta-data field associated with it, {@link 8904 * #METADATA_MIMETYPE}, which defines {@link DataColumns#MIMETYPE} for your Contacts 8905 * Provider implementation. For example, you can use 8906 * "vnd.android.cursor.item/vnd.{$app_package_name}.profile" as MIME type.</li> 8907 * <li>When filling Data table row for METADATA_MIMETYPE, column {@link DataColumns#DATA1} 8908 * should store the unique contact ID as understood by the app. This value will be used in 8909 * the {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID}.</li> 8910 * <li>Optionally, when filling Data table row for METADATA_MIMETYPE, column {@link 8911 * DataColumns#DATA3} could store a human readable label for the ID. For example it could be 8912 * phone number or human readable username/user_id like "a_super_cool_user_name". This label 8913 * may be shown below the Contact Name by the Voice Assistant as the user completes the 8914 * voice action. If DATA3 is empty, the ID in DATA1 may be shown instead.</li> 8915 * <li><em>Note: Do not use DATA3 to store the Contact Name. The Voice Assistant will 8916 * already get the Contact Name from the RawContacts display_name.</em></li> 8917 * <li><em>Note: Some apps may choose to use phone number as the unique contact ID in DATA1. 8918 * If this applies to you and youd like phone number to be shown below the Contact Name by 8919 * the Voice Assistant, then you may choose to leave DATA3 empty.</em></li> 8920 * <li><em>Note: If your app also uses DATA3 to display contact details in the Contacts App, 8921 * make sure it does not include prefix text such as "Message +<phone>" or "Free Message 8922 * +<phone>", etc. If you must show the prefix text in the Contacts App, please use a 8923 * different DATA# column, and update your contacts.xml to point to this new column. </em> 8924 * </li> 8925 * <li>Everytime the user sends a message to a contact, your app may choose to update the 8926 * {@link ContactOptionsColumns#TIMES_CONTACTED} entry through DataUsageFeedback class. 8927 * Doing this will allow Voice Assistant to bias speech recognition to contacts frequently 8928 * contacted, this is particularly useful for contact names that are hard to pronounce.</li> 8929 * </ul> 8930 * If the app chooses not to integrate with the Contacts Provider (in particular, when 8931 * either METADATA_ACCOUNT_TYPE or METADATA_MIMETYPE field is missing), Voice Assistant 8932 * will use existing phone number entries as contact ID's for such app. 8933 * <p> 8934 * Input: {@link android.content.Intent#getType} is the MIME type of the data being sent. 8935 * The intent sender will always put the concrete mime type in the intent type, like 8936 * "text/plain" or "audio/wav" for example. If the MIME type is "text/plain", message to 8937 * sent will be provided via {@link android.content.Intent#EXTRA_TEXT} as a styled 8938 * CharSequence. Otherwise, the message content will be supplied through {@link 8939 * android.content.Intent#setClipData(ClipData)} as a content provider URI(s). In the latter 8940 * case, EXTRA_TEXT could still be supplied optionally; for example, for audio messages 8941 * ClipData will contain URI of a recording and EXTRA_TEXT could contain the text 8942 * transcription of this recording. 8943 * <p> 8944 * The message can have n recipients. The n-th recipient of the message will be provided as 8945 * n-th elements of {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI}, {@link 8946 * #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID} and {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME} (as a 8947 * consequence, EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI, EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID and 8948 * EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME should all be of length n). If neither of these 3 elements 8949 * is provided (e.g. all 3 are null) for the recipient or if the information provided is 8950 * ambiguous then the activity should prompt the user for the recipient to send the message 8951 * to. 8952 * <p> 8953 * Output: nothing 8954 * 8955 * @see #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI 8956 * @see #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID 8957 * @see #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME 8958 * @see #METADATA_ACCOUNT_TYPE 8959 * @see #METADATA_MIMETYPE 8960 */ 8961 @SdkConstant(SdkConstantType.ACTIVITY_INTENT_ACTION) 8962 public static final String ACTION_VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS = 8963 "android.provider.action.VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS"; 8964 8965 /** 8966 * This extra specifies a content provider uri(s) for the contact(s) (if the contacts were 8967 * located in the Contacts Provider), used with {@link 8968 * #ACTION_VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS} to supply the recipient(s). The value of this 8969 * extra is a {@code String[]}. The number of elements in the array should be equal to 8970 * number of recipients (and consistent with {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID} and 8971 * {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME}). When the value of the element for the particular 8972 * recipient is absent, it will be set to null. 8973 * <p> 8974 * <em>Note: one contact may have multiple accounts (e.g. Chat IDs) on a specific messaging 8975 * platform, so this may be ambiguous. E.g., one contact John Smith could have two 8976 * accounts on the same messaging app.</em> 8977 * <p> 8978 * <em>Example value: {"content://com.android.contacts/contacts/16"}</em> 8979 */ 8980 public static final String EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI = 8981 "android.provider.extra.RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI"; 8982 8983 /** 8984 * This extra specifies a messaging apps unique ID(s) for the contact(s), used with {@link 8985 * #ACTION_VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS} to supply the recipient(s). The value of this 8986 * extra is a {@code String[]}. The number of elements in the array should be equal to 8987 * number of recipients (and consistent with {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI} and {@link 8988 * #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME}). When the value of the element for the particular 8989 * recipient is absent, it will be set to null. 8990 * <p> 8991 * The value of the elements comes from the {@link DataColumns#DATA1} column in Contacts 8992 * Provider with {@link DataColumns#MIMETYPE} from {@link #METADATA_MIMETYPE} (if both 8993 * {@link #METADATA_ACCOUNT_TYPE} and {@link #METADATA_MIMETYPE} are specified by the app; 8994 * otherwise, the value will be a phone number), and should be the unambiguous contact 8995 * endpoint. This value is app-specific, it could be some proprietary ID or a phone number. 8996 */ 8997 public static final String EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID = 8998 "android.provider.extra.RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID"; 8999 9000 /** 9001 * This extra specifies the contact name (full name from the Contacts Provider), used with 9002 * {@link #ACTION_VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS} to supply the recipient. The value of this 9003 * extra is a {@code String[]}. The number of elements in the array should be equal to 9004 * number of recipients (and consistent with {@link #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_URI} and {@link 9005 * #EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_CHAT_ID}). When the value of the element for the particular 9006 * recipient is absent, it will be set to null. 9007 * <p> 9008 * The value of the elements comes from RawContact's display_name column. 9009 * <p> 9010 * <em>Example value: {"Jane Doe"}</em> 9011 */ 9012 public static final String EXTRA_RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME = 9013 "android.provider.extra.RECIPIENT_CONTACT_NAME"; 9014 9015 /** 9016 * A string associated with an {@link #ACTION_VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS} activity 9017 * describing {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} for the corresponding Contacts Provider 9018 * implementation. 9019 */ 9020 public static final String METADATA_ACCOUNT_TYPE = "android.provider.account_type"; 9021 9022 /** 9023 * A string associated with an {@link #ACTION_VOICE_SEND_MESSAGE_TO_CONTACTS} activity 9024 * describing {@link DataColumns#MIMETYPE} for the corresponding Contacts Provider 9025 * implementation. 9026 */ 9027 public static final String METADATA_MIMETYPE = "android.provider.mimetype"; 9028 9029 /** 9030 * Starts an Activity that lets the user select the multiple phones from a 9031 * list of phone numbers which come from the contacts or 9032 * {@link #EXTRA_PHONE_URIS}. 9033 * <p> 9034 * The phone numbers being passed in through {@link #EXTRA_PHONE_URIS} 9035 * could belong to the contacts or not, and will be selected by default. 9036 * <p> 9037 * The user's selection will be returned from 9038 * {@link android.app.Activity#onActivityResult(int, int, android.content.Intent)} 9039 * if the resultCode is 9040 * {@link android.app.Activity#RESULT_OK}, the array of picked phone 9041 * numbers are in the Intent's 9042 * {@link #EXTRA_PHONE_URIS}; otherwise, the 9043 * {@link android.app.Activity#RESULT_CANCELED} is returned if the user 9044 * left the Activity without changing the selection. 9045 * 9046 * @hide 9047 */ 9048 public static final String ACTION_GET_MULTIPLE_PHONES = 9049 "com.android.contacts.action.GET_MULTIPLE_PHONES"; 9050 9051 /** 9052 * A broadcast action which is sent when any change has been made to the profile, such 9053 * as the profile name or the picture. A receiver must have 9054 * the android.permission.READ_PROFILE permission. 9055 * 9056 * @hide 9057 */ 9058 public static final String ACTION_PROFILE_CHANGED = 9059 "android.provider.Contacts.PROFILE_CHANGED"; 9060 9061 /** 9062 * Used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to force creating a new 9063 * contact if no matching contact found. Otherwise, default behavior is 9064 * to prompt user with dialog before creating. 9065 * <p> 9066 * Type: BOOLEAN 9067 */ 9068 public static final String EXTRA_FORCE_CREATE = 9069 "com.android.contacts.action.FORCE_CREATE"; 9070 9071 /** 9072 * Used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to specify an exact 9073 * description to be shown when prompting user about creating a new 9074 * contact. 9075 * <p> 9076 * Type: STRING 9077 */ 9078 public static final String EXTRA_CREATE_DESCRIPTION = 9079 "com.android.contacts.action.CREATE_DESCRIPTION"; 9080 9081 /** 9082 * Used with {@link #ACTION_GET_MULTIPLE_PHONES} as the input or output value. 9083 * <p> 9084 * The phone numbers want to be picked by default should be passed in as 9085 * input value. These phone numbers could belong to the contacts or not. 9086 * <p> 9087 * The phone numbers which were picked by the user are returned as output 9088 * value. 9089 * <p> 9090 * Type: array of URIs, the tel URI is used for the phone numbers which don't 9091 * belong to any contact, the content URI is used for phone id in contacts. 9092 * 9093 * @hide 9094 */ 9095 public static final String EXTRA_PHONE_URIS = 9096 "com.android.contacts.extra.PHONE_URIS"; 9097 9098 /** 9099 * Optional extra used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to specify a 9100 * dialog location using screen coordinates. When not specified, the 9101 * dialog will be centered. 9102 * 9103 * @hide 9104 */ 9105 @Deprecated 9106 public static final String EXTRA_TARGET_RECT = "target_rect"; 9107 9108 /** 9109 * Optional extra used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to specify a 9110 * desired dialog style, usually a variation on size. One of 9111 * {@link #MODE_SMALL}, {@link #MODE_MEDIUM}, or {@link #MODE_LARGE}. 9112 * 9113 * @hide 9114 */ 9115 @Deprecated 9116 public static final String EXTRA_MODE = "mode"; 9117 9118 /** 9119 * Value for {@link #EXTRA_MODE} to show a small-sized dialog. 9120 * 9121 * @hide 9122 */ 9123 @Deprecated 9124 public static final int MODE_SMALL = 1; 9125 9126 /** 9127 * Value for {@link #EXTRA_MODE} to show a medium-sized dialog. 9128 * 9129 * @hide 9130 */ 9131 @Deprecated 9132 public static final int MODE_MEDIUM = 2; 9133 9134 /** 9135 * Value for {@link #EXTRA_MODE} to show a large-sized dialog. 9136 * 9137 * @hide 9138 */ 9139 @Deprecated 9140 public static final int MODE_LARGE = 3; 9141 9142 /** 9143 * Optional extra used with {@link #SHOW_OR_CREATE_CONTACT} to indicate 9144 * a list of specific MIME-types to exclude and not display. Stored as a 9145 * {@link String} array. 9146 * 9147 * @hide 9148 */ 9149 @Deprecated 9150 public static final String EXTRA_EXCLUDE_MIMES = "exclude_mimes"; 9151 9152 /** 9153 * Convenience class that contains string constants used 9154 * to create contact {@link android.content.Intent Intents}. 9155 */ 9156 public static final class Insert { 9157 /** The action code to use when adding a contact */ 9158 public static final String ACTION = Intent.ACTION_INSERT; 9159 9160 /** 9161 * If present, forces a bypass of quick insert mode. 9162 */ 9163 public static final String FULL_MODE = "full_mode"; 9164 9165 /** 9166 * The extra field for the contact name. 9167 * <P>Type: String</P> 9168 */ 9169 public static final String NAME = "name"; 9170 9171 // TODO add structured name values here. 9172 9173 /** 9174 * The extra field for the contact phonetic name. 9175 * <P>Type: String</P> 9176 */ 9177 public static final String PHONETIC_NAME = "phonetic_name"; 9178 9179 /** 9180 * The extra field for the contact company. 9181 * <P>Type: String</P> 9182 */ 9183 public static final String COMPANY = "company"; 9184 9185 /** 9186 * The extra field for the contact job title. 9187 * <P>Type: String</P> 9188 */ 9189 public static final String JOB_TITLE = "job_title"; 9190 9191 /** 9192 * The extra field for the contact notes. 9193 * <P>Type: String</P> 9194 */ 9195 public static final String NOTES = "notes"; 9196 9197 /** 9198 * The extra field for the contact phone number. 9199 * <P>Type: String</P> 9200 */ 9201 public static final String PHONE = "phone"; 9202 9203 /** 9204 * The extra field for the contact phone number type. 9205 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9206 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, 9207 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9208 */ 9209 public static final String PHONE_TYPE = "phone_type"; 9210 9211 /** 9212 * The extra field for the phone isprimary flag. 9213 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 9214 */ 9215 public static final String PHONE_ISPRIMARY = "phone_isprimary"; 9216 9217 /** 9218 * The extra field for an optional second contact phone number. 9219 * <P>Type: String</P> 9220 */ 9221 public static final String SECONDARY_PHONE = "secondary_phone"; 9222 9223 /** 9224 * The extra field for an optional second contact phone number type. 9225 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9226 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, 9227 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9228 */ 9229 public static final String SECONDARY_PHONE_TYPE = "secondary_phone_type"; 9230 9231 /** 9232 * The extra field for an optional third contact phone number. 9233 * <P>Type: String</P> 9234 */ 9235 public static final String TERTIARY_PHONE = "tertiary_phone"; 9236 9237 /** 9238 * The extra field for an optional third contact phone number type. 9239 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9240 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Phone}, 9241 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9242 */ 9243 public static final String TERTIARY_PHONE_TYPE = "tertiary_phone_type"; 9244 9245 /** 9246 * The extra field for the contact email address. 9247 * <P>Type: String</P> 9248 */ 9249 public static final String EMAIL = "email"; 9250 9251 /** 9252 * The extra field for the contact email type. 9253 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9254 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} 9255 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9256 */ 9257 public static final String EMAIL_TYPE = "email_type"; 9258 9259 /** 9260 * The extra field for the email isprimary flag. 9261 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 9262 */ 9263 public static final String EMAIL_ISPRIMARY = "email_isprimary"; 9264 9265 /** 9266 * The extra field for an optional second contact email address. 9267 * <P>Type: String</P> 9268 */ 9269 public static final String SECONDARY_EMAIL = "secondary_email"; 9270 9271 /** 9272 * The extra field for an optional second contact email type. 9273 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9274 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} 9275 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9276 */ 9277 public static final String SECONDARY_EMAIL_TYPE = "secondary_email_type"; 9278 9279 /** 9280 * The extra field for an optional third contact email address. 9281 * <P>Type: String</P> 9282 */ 9283 public static final String TERTIARY_EMAIL = "tertiary_email"; 9284 9285 /** 9286 * The extra field for an optional third contact email type. 9287 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9288 * {@link CommonDataKinds.Email} 9289 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9290 */ 9291 public static final String TERTIARY_EMAIL_TYPE = "tertiary_email_type"; 9292 9293 /** 9294 * The extra field for the contact postal address. 9295 * <P>Type: String</P> 9296 */ 9297 public static final String POSTAL = "postal"; 9298 9299 /** 9300 * The extra field for the contact postal address type. 9301 * <P>Type: Either an integer value from 9302 * {@link CommonDataKinds.StructuredPostal} 9303 * or a string specifying a custom label.</P> 9304 */ 9305 public static final String POSTAL_TYPE = "postal_type"; 9306 9307 /** 9308 * The extra field for the postal isprimary flag. 9309 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 9310 */ 9311 public static final String POSTAL_ISPRIMARY = "postal_isprimary"; 9312 9313 /** 9314 * The extra field for an IM handle. 9315 * <P>Type: String</P> 9316 */ 9317 public static final String IM_HANDLE = "im_handle"; 9318 9319 /** 9320 * The extra field for the IM protocol 9321 */ 9322 public static final String IM_PROTOCOL = "im_protocol"; 9323 9324 /** 9325 * The extra field for the IM isprimary flag. 9326 * <P>Type: boolean</P> 9327 */ 9328 public static final String IM_ISPRIMARY = "im_isprimary"; 9329 9330 /** 9331 * The extra field that allows the client to supply multiple rows of 9332 * arbitrary data for a single contact created using the {@link Intent#ACTION_INSERT} 9333 * or edited using {@link Intent#ACTION_EDIT}. It is an ArrayList of 9334 * {@link ContentValues}, one per data row. Supplying this extra is 9335 * similar to inserting multiple rows into the {@link Data} table, 9336 * except the user gets a chance to see and edit them before saving. 9337 * Each ContentValues object must have a value for {@link Data#MIMETYPE}. 9338 * If supplied values are not visible in the editor UI, they will be 9339 * dropped. Duplicate data will dropped. Some fields 9340 * like {@link CommonDataKinds.Email#TYPE Email.TYPE} may be automatically 9341 * adjusted to comply with the constraints of the specific account type. 9342 * For example, an Exchange contact can only have one phone numbers of type Home, 9343 * so the contact editor may choose a different type for this phone number to 9344 * avoid dropping the valueable part of the row, which is the phone number. 9345 * <p> 9346 * Example: 9347 * <pre> 9348 * ArrayList<ContentValues> data = new ArrayList<ContentValues>(); 9349 * 9350 * ContentValues row1 = new ContentValues(); 9351 * row1.put(Data.MIMETYPE, Organization.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 9352 * row1.put(Organization.COMPANY, "Android"); 9353 * data.add(row1); 9354 * 9355 * ContentValues row2 = new ContentValues(); 9356 * row2.put(Data.MIMETYPE, Email.CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE); 9357 * row2.put(Email.TYPE, Email.TYPE_CUSTOM); 9358 * row2.put(Email.LABEL, "Green Bot"); 9359 * row2.put(Email.ADDRESS, "android (at) android.com"); 9360 * data.add(row2); 9361 * 9362 * Intent intent = new Intent(Intent.ACTION_INSERT, Contacts.CONTENT_URI); 9363 * intent.putParcelableArrayListExtra(Insert.DATA, data); 9364 * 9365 * startActivity(intent); 9366 * </pre> 9367 */ 9368 public static final String DATA = "data"; 9369 9370 /** 9371 * Used to specify the account in which to create the new contact. 9372 * <p> 9373 * If this value is not provided, the user is presented with a disambiguation 9374 * dialog to chose an account 9375 * <p> 9376 * Type: {@link Account} 9377 */ 9378 public static final String EXTRA_ACCOUNT = "android.provider.extra.ACCOUNT"; 9379 9380 /** 9381 * Used to specify the data set within the account in which to create the 9382 * new contact. 9383 * <p> 9384 * This value is optional - if it is not specified, the contact will be 9385 * created in the base account, with no data set. 9386 * <p> 9387 * Type: String 9388 */ 9389 public static final String EXTRA_DATA_SET = "android.provider.extra.DATA_SET"; 9390 } 9391 } 9392 9393 /** 9394 * @hide 9395 */ 9396 @SystemApi 9397 protected interface MetadataSyncColumns { 9398 9399 /** 9400 * The raw contact backup id. 9401 * A reference to the {@link ContactsContract.RawContacts#BACKUP_ID} that save the 9402 * persistent unique id for each raw contact within its source system. 9403 */ 9404 public static final String RAW_CONTACT_BACKUP_ID = "raw_contact_backup_id"; 9405 9406 /** 9407 * The account type to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 9408 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_TYPE} 9409 */ 9410 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 9411 9412 /** 9413 * The account name to which the raw_contact of this item is associated. See 9414 * {@link RawContacts#ACCOUNT_NAME} 9415 */ 9416 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 9417 9418 /** 9419 * The data set within the account that the raw_contact of this row belongs to. This allows 9420 * multiple sync adapters for the same account type to distinguish between 9421 * each others' data. 9422 * {@link RawContacts#DATA_SET} 9423 */ 9424 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 9425 9426 /** 9427 * A text column contains the Json string got from People API. The Json string contains 9428 * all the metadata related to the raw contact, i.e., all the data fields and 9429 * aggregation exceptions. 9430 * 9431 * Here is an example of the Json string got from the actual schema. 9432 * <pre> 9433 * { 9434 * "unique_contact_id": { 9435 * "account_type": "CUSTOM_ACCOUNT", 9436 * "custom_account_type": "facebook", 9437 * "account_name": "android-test", 9438 * "contact_id": "1111111", 9439 * "data_set": "FOCUS" 9440 * }, 9441 * "contact_prefs": { 9442 * "send_to_voicemail": true, 9443 * "starred": false, 9444 * "pinned": 2 9445 * }, 9446 * "aggregation_data": [ 9447 * { 9448 * "type": "TOGETHER", 9449 * "contact_ids": [ 9450 * { 9451 * "account_type": "GOOGLE_ACCOUNT", 9452 * "account_name": "android-test2", 9453 * "contact_id": "2222222", 9454 * "data_set": "GOOGLE_PLUS" 9455 * }, 9456 * { 9457 * "account_type": "GOOGLE_ACCOUNT", 9458 * "account_name": "android-test3", 9459 * "contact_id": "3333333", 9460 * "data_set": "CUSTOM", 9461 * "custom_data_set": "custom type" 9462 * } 9463 * ] 9464 * } 9465 * ], 9466 * "field_data": [ 9467 * { 9468 * "field_data_id": "1001", 9469 * "field_data_prefs": { 9470 * "is_primary": true, 9471 * "is_super_primary": true 9472 * }, 9473 * "usage_stats": [ 9474 * { 9475 * "usage_type": "CALL", 9476 * "last_time_used": 10000001, 9477 * "usage_count": 10 9478 * } 9479 * ] 9480 * } 9481 * ] 9482 * } 9483 * </pre> 9484 */ 9485 public static final String DATA = "data"; 9486 9487 /** 9488 * The "deleted" flag: "0" by default, "1" if the row has been marked 9489 * for deletion. When {@link android.content.ContentResolver#delete} is 9490 * called on a raw contact, updating MetadataSync table to set the flag of the raw contact 9491 * as "1", then metadata sync adapter deletes the raw contact metadata on the server. 9492 * <P>Type: INTEGER</P> 9493 */ 9494 public static final String DELETED = "deleted"; 9495 } 9496 9497 /** 9498 * Constants for the metadata sync table. This table is used to cache the metadata_sync data 9499 * from server before it is merged into other CP2 tables. 9500 * 9501 * @hide 9502 */ 9503 @SystemApi 9504 public static final class MetadataSync implements BaseColumns, MetadataSyncColumns { 9505 9506 /** The authority for the contacts metadata */ 9507 public static final String METADATA_AUTHORITY = "com.android.contacts.metadata"; 9508 9509 /** A content:// style uri to the authority for the contacts metadata */ 9510 public static final Uri METADATA_AUTHORITY_URI = Uri.parse( 9511 "content://" + METADATA_AUTHORITY); 9512 9513 /** 9514 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 9515 */ 9516 private MetadataSync() { 9517 } 9518 9519 /** 9520 * The content:// style URI for this table. 9521 */ 9522 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = Uri.withAppendedPath(METADATA_AUTHORITY_URI, 9523 "metadata_sync"); 9524 9525 /** 9526 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of contact metadata 9527 */ 9528 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact_metadata"; 9529 9530 /** 9531 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single contact metadata. 9532 */ 9533 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_metadata"; 9534 } 9535 9536 /** 9537 * @hide 9538 */ 9539 @SystemApi 9540 protected interface MetadataSyncStateColumns { 9541 9542 /** 9543 * A reference to the name of the account to which this state belongs 9544 * <P>Type: STRING</P> 9545 */ 9546 public static final String ACCOUNT_TYPE = "account_type"; 9547 9548 /** 9549 * A reference to the type of the account to which this state belongs 9550 * <P>Type: STRING</P> 9551 */ 9552 public static final String ACCOUNT_NAME = "account_name"; 9553 9554 /** 9555 * A reference to the data set within the account to which this state belongs 9556 * <P>Type: STRING</P> 9557 */ 9558 public static final String DATA_SET = "data_set"; 9559 9560 /** 9561 * The sync state associated with this account. 9562 * <P>Type: Blob</P> 9563 */ 9564 public static final String STATE = "state"; 9565 } 9566 9567 /** 9568 * Constants for the metadata_sync_state table. This table is used to store the metadata 9569 * sync state for a set of accounts. 9570 * 9571 * @hide 9572 */ 9573 @SystemApi 9574 public static final class MetadataSyncState implements BaseColumns, MetadataSyncStateColumns { 9575 9576 /** 9577 * This utility class cannot be instantiated 9578 */ 9579 private MetadataSyncState() { 9580 } 9581 9582 /** 9583 * The content:// style URI for this table. 9584 */ 9585 public static final Uri CONTENT_URI = 9586 Uri.withAppendedPath(MetadataSync.METADATA_AUTHORITY_URI, "metadata_sync_state"); 9587 9588 /** 9589 * The MIME type of {@link #CONTENT_URI} providing a directory of contact metadata sync 9590 * states. 9591 */ 9592 public static final String CONTENT_TYPE = 9593 "vnd.android.cursor.dir/contact_metadata_sync_state"; 9594 9595 /** 9596 * The MIME type of a {@link #CONTENT_URI} subdirectory of a single contact metadata sync 9597 * state. 9598 */ 9599 public static final String CONTENT_ITEM_TYPE = 9600 "vnd.android.cursor.item/contact_metadata_sync_state"; 9601 } 9602 } 9603